CX532, CX635, XC2335 MFPs

Service Manual

November 2024 www.lexmark.com

Product information
Product name:
Lexmark CX532adwe, Lexmark CX635adwe, Lexmark XC2335 MFPs
Machine type:
7531
Model(s):
276, 286, 289, 676, 686

2
Edition notice
April 2023
The following paragraph does not apply to any country where such provisions are
inconsistent with local law: LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC., PROVIDES THIS
PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not
allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions; therefore, this
statement may not apply to you.
The following paragraph does not apply to any country where such provisions are
inconsistent with local law: THIS PUBLICATION IS PROVIDED “AS IS” WITHOUT
WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied
warranties in certain transactions; therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are
periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in later
editions. Improvements or changes in the products or the programs described may be
made at any time.
References in this publication to products, programs, or services do not imply that the
manufacturer intends to make these available in all countries in which it operates. Any
reference to a product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that
product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program,
or service that does not infringe any existing intellectual property right may be used
instead. Evaluation and verification of operation in conjunction with other products,
programs, or services, except those expressly designated by the manufacturer, are the
user’s responsibility.
Lexmark and the Lexmark logo are trademarks of Lexmark International, Inc., registered in
the United States and/or other countries.
PCL® is a registered trademark of the Hewlett-Packard Company. PCL is Hewlett-Packard
Company’s designation of a set of printer commands (language) and functions included in
its printer products. This printer is intended to be compatible with the PCL language. This
means the printer recognizes PCL commands used in various application programs, and
that the printer emulates the functions corresponding to the commands.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States
and/or other countries.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
All rights reserved.

3
Service Manual

Contents

Product information .......................................................................................2

Edition notice..................................................................................................3
Notices, conventions, and safety information
Laser notice......................................................................................................... 15
Conventions ........................................................................................................ 15
Conventions ........................................................................................................ 16
Safety information ............................................................................................... 16
Consignes de sécurité............................................................................................... 18
Información de seguridad.......................................................................................... 19
Sicherheitshinweise................................................................................................... 21
Change history
Change history .................................................................................................... 23
General information
Printer model configurations ............................................................................... 27
Finding the printer serial number ........................................................................ 27
Selecting paper ................................................................................................... 27
Paper guidelines........................................................................................................ 27
Paper characteristics................................................................................................. 28
Weight................................................................................................................................28
Curl ....................................................................................................................................28
Smoothness.......................................................................................................................28
Moisture content ................................................................................................................28
Grain direction ...................................................................................................................29
Fiber content......................................................................................................................29
Unacceptable paper .................................................................................................. 29
Storing paper............................................................................................................. 29
Supported paper sizes .............................................................................................. 30
Supported paper types .............................................................................................. 37
Supported paper weights .......................................................................................... 38
Tools required for service .................................................................................... 38
Diagnostics and troubleshooting
Troubleshooting precautions ............................................................................... 40
Précautions de dépannage ....................................................................................... 41
Precauciones durante la solución de problemas ...................................................... 42
Vorsichtsmaßnahmen bei der Fehlerbehebung ........................................................ 43
Troubleshooting overview ................................................................................... 44
Performing the initial troubleshooting check ............................................................. 44

4
Service Manual

Replace cartridge, printer region mismatch .............................................................. 44

Securing the printer............................................................................................. 45
Resetting the printer without admin credentials ........................................................ 45
Using the security reset jumper................................................................................. 45
Data security notice................................................................................................... 47
Identifying printer memory .................................................................................................47
Erasing printer memory .....................................................................................................47
Fixing print quality issues .................................................................................... 48
Initial print quality check ............................................................................................ 48
Supplies used to resolve print quality issues ............................................................ 48
Blurred print............................................................................................................... 49
Misaligned color ........................................................................................................ 50
Toner easily rubs off .................................................................................................. 51
Gray or solid background .......................................................................................... 51
Solid color or black image ......................................................................................... 52
Blank or white pages ................................................................................................. 53
Horizontal white lines ................................................................................................ 54
Horizontal colored lines or banding ........................................................................... 55
Text or images cut off ................................................................................................ 56
Mottled print and dots................................................................................................ 57
Vertical white lines..................................................................................................... 58
Ghost images ............................................................................................................ 59
Vertical colored lines or banding ............................................................................... 60
Dark print................................................................................................................... 61
Missing color ............................................................................................................. 62
Uneven print density.................................................................................................. 63
Repeating defects ..................................................................................................... 64
Light print................................................................................................................... 66
Skewed print.............................................................................................................. 67
Toner patch sensing service check ........................................................................... 68
Auto alignment service check.................................................................................... 69
Fixing scan quality issues ................................................................................... 71
Dark image quality using the ADF or scanner ........................................................... 71
Vertical lines (process direction using the ADF) ........................................................ 72
Spots using the flatbed scanner ................................................................................ 72
ADF skew .................................................................................................................. 73
Paper damage using the ADF ................................................................................... 73
Blank page copy........................................................................................................ 73
Solid black page copy ............................................................................................... 74
Paper jams .......................................................................................................... 74
Avoiding jams ............................................................................................................ 74
Identifying jam locations ............................................................................................ 76
200 paper jams.......................................................................................................... 78
200 paper jam messages ..................................................................................................78
Sensor (input): Tray 1 manual feeder jam service check ..................................................80
Tray 1 pick error service check..........................................................................................81
Sensor (input): Paper arrived too early from the MPF jam service check .........................81
Sensor (input): Paper cleared too early from the MPF jam service check ........................81

5
Service Manual

Sensor (input): Paper failed to clear from the MPF jam service check .............................82
Sensor (input): Paper failed to arrive from the MPF jam service check ............................82
Sensor (input): Paper arrived too early or failed to arrive jam service check ....................83
Sensor (input): Paper cleared too early jam service check ...............................................83
Sensor (input): Paper failed to clear jam service check ....................................................83
Sensor (input): Paper arrived too early from optional tray jam service check ...................84
Sensor (input): Paper failed to arrive from optional tray jam service check ......................84
Sensor (input): Paper cleared too early from optional tray jam service check ..................85
Sensor (input): Paper failed to clear from optional tray jam service check .......................85
Sensor (input): Static jam service check ...........................................................................86
202 paper jams.......................................................................................................... 87
202 paper jam messages ..................................................................................................87
Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to arrive from MPF jam service check ...........................88
Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to arrive jam service check ............................................88
Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to clear jam service check .............................................89
Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to arrive from optional tray jam service check ...............89
Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to clear from optional tray jam service check.................90
Sensor (fuser exit): Static jam service check.....................................................................91
231 paper jams.......................................................................................................... 91
231 paper jam messages ..................................................................................................91
Sensor (duplex staging): Paper failed to clear service check............................................92
232 paper jams.......................................................................................................... 93
232 paper jam messages ..................................................................................................93
Sensor (input): Paper (duplex job) failed to arrive jam service check ...............................95
Sensor (input): Paper (duplex job) failed to clear jam service check ................................95
241 paper jams.......................................................................................................... 95
241 paper jam messages ..................................................................................................95
Motor (tray 1 pick) jam service check ................................................................................96
242–244 paper jams.................................................................................................. 96
242 paper jam messages ..................................................................................................96
243 paper jam messages ................................................................................................100
244 paper jam messages ................................................................................................102
Optional tray sensors jam service check .........................................................................104
Optional tray motors jam service check...........................................................................105
280 paper jams........................................................................................................ 105
280 paper jam messages ................................................................................................105
ADF paper undetected service check..............................................................................106
Sensor (ADF scan 1) jam service check .........................................................................106
284 paper jams........................................................................................................ 107
284 paper jam messages ................................................................................................107
Sensor (ADF scan 2) jam service check .........................................................................107
29y paper jams........................................................................................................ 108
291‑295 paper jam messages .........................................................................................108
Sensor (ADF cover) service check ..................................................................................108
ADF imagepipe jam service check ..................................................................................108
User attendance messages .............................................................................. 109
0y user attendance errors ....................................................................................... 109
2‑9 user attendance messages .......................................................................................109
Undetected door service check .......................................................................................109
ADF top cover open service check.................................................................................. 110
Auto reboot error service check....................................................................................... 110
1y user attendance errors ........................................................................................ 111
11–12 user attendance messages................................................................................... 111
Mismatched paper size and paper printer setting error service check ............................ 113
2y user attendance errors ........................................................................................114

6
Service Manual

24‑29 user attendance messages ................................................................................... 114

Paper size mismatch (duplex print) service check .......................................................... 114
Removing the packing material from the supplies........................................................... 114
3y user attendance errors ........................................................................................115
31 user attendance error messages................................................................................ 115
32 user attendance error messages................................................................................122
33–34 user attendance error messages..........................................................................131
37–39 user attendance messages ..................................................................................133
MICR supplies service check ..........................................................................................134
Waste toner bottle error service check ............................................................................134
Toner cartridge (K) error service check ...........................................................................134
Toner cartridge (CMY) error service check......................................................................135
Imaging unit (K) error service check................................................................................135
Imaging unit (CMY) error service check ..........................................................................135
Narrow/short paper duplex print error service check.......................................................136
Insufficient memory service check...................................................................................136
Non‑Lexmark supply........................................................................................................137
4y user attendance errors ....................................................................................... 137
42 user attendance messages ........................................................................................137
43 user attendance error messages................................................................................143
Mismatched supplies service check ................................................................................144
Toner meter card error service check ..............................................................................145
Toner cartridge service check..........................................................................................145
5y user attendance errors ....................................................................................... 146
55–59 user attendance error messages..........................................................................146
6y user attendance errors ....................................................................................... 153
61–66 user attendance error messages..........................................................................153
7y user attendance errors ....................................................................................... 155
71–72 user attendance error messages..........................................................................155
8y user attendance errors ....................................................................................... 157
80 user attendance error messages................................................................................157
82 user attendance error messages................................................................................158
84 user attendance error messages................................................................................159
86 user attendance error messages................................................................................160
88 user attendance error messages................................................................................160
Printer hardware errors ..................................................................................... 161
100 errors ................................................................................................................ 161
100 error messages.........................................................................................................161
Weather station service check.........................................................................................162
110 errors ................................................................................................................ 162
110 error messages .........................................................................................................162
Printhead error service check..........................................................................................163
120 errors ................................................................................................................ 163
120 error messages.........................................................................................................163
Motor (fuser) error service check.....................................................................................164
121 errors ................................................................................................................ 164
121 error messages.........................................................................................................164
Fuser error service check ................................................................................................166
126 errors ................................................................................................................ 167
126 error messages.........................................................................................................167
LVPS error service check ................................................................................................167
142 errors ................................................................................................................ 168
142 error messages.........................................................................................................168
Motor (CMY) drive failure service check..........................................................................168

7
Service Manual

151 errors ................................................................................................................ 169

151 error messages.........................................................................................................169
Motor (black) drive failure service check .........................................................................169
16y errors ................................................................................................................ 170
161 error messages.........................................................................................................170
162‑164 error messages .................................................................................................170
166‑168 error messages .................................................................................................172
Motor (tray 1 pick) lifting error service check...................................................................174
Optional tray motor error service check...........................................................................174
Optional tray pick drive error service check.....................................................................174
171 errors ................................................................................................................ 175
171 error messages.........................................................................................................175
Main fan service check ....................................................................................................175
6yy errors ................................................................................................................ 175
600‑680 error messages .................................................................................................175
Tray not ready for picking service check .........................................................................180
Procedure before starting the 9yy service checks .................................................. 181
A. Collecting the history information from the SE menu.......................................... 181
B. Collecting the firmware logs (Fwdebug and logs.tar.gz) from the SE menu ....... 182
C. Collecting the settings from the Menu Settings Page......................................... 182
................................................................................................................................ 183
D. Collecting information from the user ................................................................... 183
900-901 errors......................................................................................................... 183
900‑901 error messages .................................................................................................183
900 error service check ...................................................................................................183
912 errors ................................................................................................................ 184
912 error messages.........................................................................................................184
Engine error service check ..............................................................................................187
938-958 errors......................................................................................................... 188
938–958 error messages.................................................................................................188
980-992 errors......................................................................................................... 188
980‑992 error messages .................................................................................................188
ADF/Scanner hardware errors .......................................................................... 190
8yy errors ................................................................................................................ 190
800‑845 error messages .................................................................................................190
Scanner communication error service check...................................................................191
Service menus
Understanding the printer control panel ............................................................ 192
Using the control panel............................................................................................ 192
Understanding the status of the indicator light ........................................................ 193
Diagnostics menu.............................................................................................. 193
Entering the Diagnostics Menu ............................................................................... 193
Reports.................................................................................................................... 194
Device..............................................................................................................................194
Licenses ..........................................................................................................................195
Advanced Print Quality Samples............................................................................. 195
Format Fax Storage ................................................................................................ 195
Scanner Diagnostics ............................................................................................... 195
Motor tests .......................................................................................................................195
Sensor tests.....................................................................................................................196

8
Service Manual

Feed Test .........................................................................................................................197

Scanner Calibration Reset...............................................................................................197
Printer Setup ........................................................................................................... 198
Printed page count (mono) ..............................................................................................198
Printed page count (color) ...............................................................................................198
Permanent page count ....................................................................................................198
Processor ID ....................................................................................................................198
Serial number ..................................................................................................................199
Model name .....................................................................................................................199
Engine setting [x] .............................................................................................................199
EP setup ..........................................................................................................................199
Printer diagnostics and adjustments ....................................................................... 200
Sensor tests.....................................................................................................................200
Motor tests .......................................................................................................................201
Registration adjust...........................................................................................................202
Color alignment adjust.....................................................................................................202
Supply reset.....................................................................................................................202
Weather station................................................................................................................202
Universal Override...........................................................................................................202
Out of service erase ................................................................................................ 203
Event Log ................................................................................................................ 203
Display Log ......................................................................................................................203
Print Log ..........................................................................................................................203
Print Log Summary..........................................................................................................203
Mark Log..........................................................................................................................204
Input tray quick print ................................................................................................ 204
Additional input trays adjustments/tests .................................................................. 204
Sensor tests.....................................................................................................................204
Motor tests .......................................................................................................................205
Configuration menu........................................................................................... 205
Entering the Configuration Menu............................................................................. 205
Configuration Menu ................................................................................................. 205
Entering Invalid engine mode............................................................................ 212
Entering Recovery mode................................................................................... 213
For LED display....................................................................................................... 213
For 2‑line display ..................................................................................................... 213
For 2.4-, 4.3-, 7-, and 10-inch displays with number pads ...................................... 214
For 2.8‑, 4.3‑, 7‑, and 10‑inch displays without number pads ................................. 214
Service Engineer menu..................................................................................... 215
Entering the SE Menu ............................................................................................. 215
For touch‑screen display .................................................................................................215
For 2‑line display .............................................................................................................216
For 2‑line display with a menu button..............................................................................216
For 2.8‑, 4.3‑, 7‑, and 10‑inch displays............................................................................217
General SE Menu.................................................................................................... 217
Network SE Menu ................................................................................................... 217
Fax SE Menu........................................................................................................... 218
Scanner SE Menu ................................................................................................... 221
Parts removal
Important removal information .......................................................................... 222

9
Service Manual

Removal precautions............................................................................................... 222

Précautions de retrait ......................................................................................................223
Precauciones durante la extracción ................................................................................223
Vorsichtsmaßnahmen bei der Demontage ......................................................................224
Handling ESD‑sensitive parts.................................................................................. 225
Critical information for controller board or control panel replacement..................... 226
Restoring the printer configuration .......................................................................... 227
Restoring solutions, licenses, and configuration settings........................................ 230
Updating the printer firmware .................................................................................. 232
Using a flash drive ...........................................................................................................232
Using a network computer...............................................................................................233
Using a USB cable connection ........................................................................................233
Backing up eSF solutions and settings ................................................................... 234
Disconnecting ribbon cables ................................................................................... 234
Ribbon cable connectors......................................................................................... 235
Zero Insertion Force (ZIF) connectors.............................................................................235
Horizontal top contact connector .....................................................................................236
.........................................................................................................................................237
Horizontal bottom contact connector ...............................................................................240
.........................................................................................................................................241
Vertical mount contact connector ....................................................................................244
.........................................................................................................................................245
Horizontal sliding contact connector................................................................................248
.........................................................................................................................................249
Low Insertion Force (LIF) connector................................................................................252
Adjustments ...................................................................................................... 254
Registration adjustment........................................................................................... 254
Adjusting the skew...........................................................................................................254
Adjusting the top and bottom margins .............................................................................256
Adjusting the color alignment ..........................................................................................257
Scanner Manual Registration .................................................................................. 258
ADF registration adjustment.................................................................................... 258
Flatbed registration adjustment ............................................................................... 258
TPS characterization data entry .............................................................................. 259
Removal procedures ......................................................................................... 259
Left side removals ............................................................................................. 259
Left cover removal................................................................................................... 259
EP drive removal ..................................................................................................... 262
LVPS removal.......................................................................................................... 266
Sensor (fuser exit) removal ..................................................................................... 268
Speaker removal ..................................................................................................... 274
Right side removals........................................................................................... 275
Motor (fuser drive) removal ..................................................................................... 275
Toner meter card removal ....................................................................................... 278
Sensor (toner patch) removal.................................................................................. 281
HVPS removal......................................................................................................... 284
Imaging kit removal ................................................................................................. 290
Toner access door removal ..................................................................................... 293
Right cover removal ................................................................................................ 295
Toner cartridge contacts removal ............................................................................ 298

10
Service Manual

Waste toner bottle removal ..................................................................................... 301

Waste toner bottle contact block removal ............................................................... 301
Front removals .................................................................................................. 305
Front door removal .................................................................................................. 305
Sensor (front door) removal .................................................................................... 308
Front door inner paper feed guide removal ............................................................. 314
Fuser removal ......................................................................................................... 316
Transfer module removal ........................................................................................ 324
................................................................................................................................ 330
Control panel removal ............................................................................................. 331
Bottom removals ............................................................................................... 334
Pick tires removal .................................................................................................... 334
Lower left frame removal......................................................................................... 336
Lower right frame removal....................................................................................... 349
Sensor (duplex) removal ......................................................................................... 358
Transfer module guide removal............................................................................... 361
Sensor (tray present) removal................................................................................. 365
Tray 1 media feeder removal .................................................................................. 367
Rear side removals ........................................................................................... 371
Rear cover removal ................................................................................................. 371
Controller board removal......................................................................................... 372
Top side removals ............................................................................................. 377
Top cover removal ................................................................................................... 377
Printhead removal ................................................................................................... 379
Control panel base cover removal........................................................................... 381
ADF/scanner removals...................................................................................... 381
Flatbed scanner removal......................................................................................... 381
................................................................................................................................ 386
Scanner right support cover removal ...................................................................... 386
Scanner left rear access cover removal .................................................................. 392
Scanner right rear access cover removal................................................................ 392
ADF rollers removal................................................................................................. 392
Scanner glass pad removal..................................................................................... 396
ADF removal ........................................................................................................... 400
................................................................................................................................ 403
ADF top cover removal............................................................................................ 403
ADF right hinge removal.......................................................................................... 405
ADF left hinge removal............................................................................................ 406
Options removals .............................................................................................. 407
650‑sheet duo tray insert removal........................................................................... 407
650‑sheet duo tray removal..................................................................................... 408
Dust cover removal ................................................................................................. 409
Replacing parts and supplies ............................................................................ 410
Replacing a toner cartridge ..................................................................................... 410
Replacing an imaging kit ......................................................................................... 413
Replacing the waste toner bottle ............................................................................. 426

11
Service Manual

Replacing a developer unit...................................................................................... 432

Replacing the pick tires ........................................................................................... 444
Replacing the right cover......................................................................................... 447
Replacing MarkNet™ N8450 Wireless Print Server................................................ 453
Replacing the ADF rollers........................................................................................ 457
Replacing the scanner glass pad ............................................................................ 465
Replacing the staple refill ........................................................................................ 467
Replacing the convenience stapler power supply ................................................... 470
Resetting the supply usage counters ...................................................................... 476
Component locations
Printer configurations ........................................................................................ 478
Installing optional trays...................................................................................... 480
Adding available options in the print driver ....................................................... 482
For Windows users.................................................................................................. 482
For Macintosh users................................................................................................ 482
Port locations .................................................................................................... 483
Roller locations.................................................................................................. 484
Standard paper path................................................................................................ 484
Duplex paper path ................................................................................................... 485
Sensor locations................................................................................................ 486
Maintenance
Inspection guide ................................................................................................ 487
Scheduled maintenance.................................................................................... 488
Maintenance kits ..................................................................................................... 488
Resetting maintenance counters............................................................................. 490
Resetting the maintenance counter.................................................................................490
Transfer module reset......................................................................................................490
Cleaning printer parts........................................................................................ 490
Cleaning the printer ................................................................................................. 490
Cleaning the touch screen....................................................................................... 491
Cleaning the scanner .............................................................................................. 492
Cleaning the ADF rollers ......................................................................................... 495
Loading paper and specialty media .................................................................. 502
Setting the paper size and type............................................................................... 502
Configuring Universal paper settings ...................................................................... 502
Loading trays........................................................................................................... 502
Loading the manual feeder...................................................................................... 505
Loading the multipurpose feeder............................................................................. 507
Linking trays .............................................................................................................511
Parts catalog
Legend .............................................................................................................. 512
Covers ............................................................................................................... 513
Covers 2 ............................................................................................................ 515

12
Service Manual

Control panel ..................................................................................................... 517

EP components ................................................................................................. 518
Electronics......................................................................................................... 519
Motors ............................................................................................................... 520
Sensors ............................................................................................................. 521
Cables ............................................................................................................... 522
Trays ................................................................................................................. 524
Imaging ............................................................................................................. 526
Electronic options .............................................................................................. 528
Convenience stapler ......................................................................................... 529
Printer stand ...................................................................................................... 530
Maintenance kits ............................................................................................... 531
Power cords ...................................................................................................... 532
Printer specifications
Power consumption........................................................................................... 533
Product power consumption.................................................................................... 533
Sleep Mode ............................................................................................................. 533
Hibernate Mode....................................................................................................... 534
Off mode.................................................................................................................. 534
Total energy usage .................................................................................................. 534
Selecting a location for the printer..................................................................... 535
Noise emission levels........................................................................................ 536
Temperature information ................................................................................... 536
Options and features
Available internal options .................................................................................. 538
Theory of operation
POR sequence .................................................................................................. 539
Printer control .................................................................................................... 539
Electrophotographic (EP) process .................................................................... 540
Print engine layout................................................................................................... 540
Flowchart................................................................................................................. 541
EP process .............................................................................................................. 542
Charge .............................................................................................................................542
Expose.............................................................................................................................543
Develop ...........................................................................................................................544
First transfer ....................................................................................................................545
Second transfer ...............................................................................................................546
Fuse.................................................................................................................................547
Clean ...............................................................................................................................547
Printer operation................................................................................................ 549
Printer sections........................................................................................................ 549

13
Service Manual

Printer paper path rollers......................................................................................... 550

Standard paper path........................................................................................................550
Duplex paper path ...........................................................................................................551
Printer paper path sensors ...................................................................................... 552
ADF and scanner operation .............................................................................. 553
Flatbed scanner drive.............................................................................................. 553
ADF paper path rollers ............................................................................................ 554
ADF paper path sensors ......................................................................................... 555
ADF pick and feed drive .......................................................................................... 555
ADF transport and scan drive.................................................................................. 556
ADF exit drive.......................................................................................................... 558
Index ............................................................................................................559

14
Notices, conventions, and safety information

Notices, conventions, and safety

information
Laser notice
The printer is certified in the U.S. to conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR,
Chapter I, Subchapter J for Class I (1) laser products, and elsewhere is certified as a Class
1 consumer laser product conforming to the requirements of IEC 60825-1:2014, EN
60825-1:2014+A11:2021, and EN 50689:2021.

Class I laser products are not considered to be hazardous. The laser system and printer
are designed so there is never any human access to laser radiation above a Class I level
during normal operation, user maintenance, or prescribed service conditions. The printer
has a non-serviceable printhead assembly that contains a laser with the following
specifications:

Class: IIIb (3b) AlGaAs

Nominal output power (milliwatts): 12

Wavelength (nanometers): 770–800

Conventions
Note: A note identifies information that could help you.
Warning: A warning identifies something that could damage the product hardware or
software.
CAUTION: A caution indicates a potentially hazardous situation that could injure you.
Different types of caution statements include:

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Indicates a risk of injury.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Indicates a risk of electrical shock.

CAUTION—HOT SURFACE
Indicates a risk of burn if touched.

15
Notices, conventions, and safety information

CAUTION—TIPPING HAZARD
Indicates a crush hazard.

CAUTION—PINCH HAZARD
Indicates a risk of being caught between moving parts.

Conventions
Note: A note identifies information that could help you.
Warning: A warning identifies something that could damage the product hardware or
software.
CAUTION: A caution indicates a potentially hazardous situation that could injure you.
Different types of caution statements include:

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Indicates a risk of injury.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Indicates a risk of electrical shock.

CAUTION—HOT SURFACE
Indicates a risk of burn if touched.

CAUTION—TIPPING HAZARD
Indicates a crush hazard.

CAUTION—PINCH HAZARD
Indicates a risk of being caught between moving parts.

Safety information
• The safety of this product is based on testing and approvals of the original design and
specific components. The manufacturer is not responsible for safety in the event of use of
unauthorized replacement parts.
• The maintenance information for this product has been prepared for use by a professional
service person and is not intended to be used by others.

16
Notices, conventions, and safety information

• There may be an increased risk of electrical shock and personal injury during disassembly
and servicing of this product. Professional service personnel should understand this risk and
take necessary precautions.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
When you see this symbol on the product, there is a danger from
hazardous voltage in the area of the product where you are working.
Unplug the product before you begin, or use caution if the product must
receive power in order to perform the task.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
The lithium battery in this product is not intended to be replaced. There is a
danger of explosion if a lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Do not
recharge, disassemble, or incinerate a lithium battery. Discard used lithium
batteries according to the manufacturer's instructions and local regulations.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord to an
appropriately rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the
product and easily accessible.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, use only the power cord
provided with this product or the manufacturer's authorized replacement.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Do not use this product with extension cords, multioutlet power strips,
multioutlet extenders, or UPS devices. The power capacity of these types
of accessories can be easily overloaded by a laser printer and may result in
a risk of fire, property damage, or poor printer performance.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Only a Lexmark Inline Surge Protector that is properly connected between
the printer and the power cord provided with the printer may be used with
this product. The use of non-Lexmark surge protection devices may result
in a risk of fire, property damage, or poor printer performance.

17
Notices, conventions, and safety information

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Do not use this product with an inline surge protector. The use of a surge
protection device may result in a risk of fire, property damage, or poor
printer performance.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
If the printer weight is greater than 20 kg (44 lb), then it may require two or
more people to lift it safely.

Consignes de sécurité
• La sécurité de ce produit est basée sur des tests et certifications de sa conception d'origine
et de ses composants spécifiques. Le fabricant décline toute responsabilité en cas
d'utilisation de pièces de rechange non autorisées.
• Les informations de maintenance de ce produit sont destinées à des professionnels qualifiés
et ne sont pas conçues pour être utilisées par d'autres personnes.
• Il existe un risque potentiel de choc électrique et de blessures lors du démontage et de la
maintenance de ce produit. Le personnel professionnel de maintenance doit comprendre les
risques et prendre les précautions nécessaires.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Ce symbole indique un danger lié à des niveaux de tension dangereux
dans la zone du produit à manipuler. Débranchez le produit avant de
commencer, ou agissez avec prudence si le produit doit être alimenté pour
effectuer l'opération.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
La batterie lithium de ce produit n'est pas destinée à être remplacée. Si
vous ne respectez pas les instructions de remplacement de la batterie,
vous risquez de provoquer une explosion. Ne rechargez pas, ne
désassemblez pas et ne brûlez pas la batterie au lithium. Mettez les
batteries lithium usagées au rebut selon les instructions du fabricant et les
réglementations locales.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Pour éviter tout risque d'électrocution ou d'incendie, branchez le câble
d'alimentation directement à une prise électrique répondant aux exigences
requises et correctement mise à la terre, proche du produit et facile
d'accès.

18
Notices, conventions, and safety information

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Pour éviter tout risque d'incendie ou d'électrocution, utilisez uniquement le
câble d'alimentation fourni avec ce produit ou un câble de remplacement
autorisé par le fabricant.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Ce produit ne doit pas être utilisé avec des rallonges, des barres
multiprises, des rallonges multiprises ou des périphériques UPS. La
capacité de ces types d'accessoires peut être facilement dépassée par une
imprimante laser, d'où un risque de dégâts matériels, d'incendie ou de
performances d'impression amoindries.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Utilisez uniquement un parasurtenseur correctement raccordé à
l'imprimante et au câble d'alimentation fourni avec la machine. L'utilisation
de parasurtenseurs non fabriqués par Lexmark comporte un risque
d'incendie et de dégâts matériels, et peut amoindrir les performances de
l'imprimante.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
N'utilisez pas ce produit avec un parasurtenseur en ligne. L'utilisation de
parasurtenseurs comporte un risque d'incendie et de dégâts matériels, et
peut réduire les performances de l'imprimante.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Si votre imprimante pèse plus de 20 kg (44 lb), l'intervention d'au moins
deux personnes est nécessaire pour la soulever sans risque.

Información de seguridad
• La seguridad de este producto se basa en las pruebas y comprobaciones del diseño original
y los componentes específicos. El fabricante no se hace responsable de la seguridad en
caso de uso de piezas de repuesto no autorizadas.
• La información de mantenimiento de este producto se ha preparado para su uso por parte
de un profesional de asistencia técnica y no está diseñada para su uso por parte de otros
usuarios.
• Es posible que haya un mayor riesgo de descarga eléctrica y daños personales durante el
desmontaje y el mantenimiento de este producto. El personal de asistencia profesional debe
conocer este riesgo y tomar las precauciones necesarias.

19
Notices, conventions, and safety information

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Cuando vea este símbolo en el producto, existe peligro de tensiones
peligrosas en el área del producto en la que está trabajando. Desconecte
el producto antes de empezar o tenga cuidado si el producto debe recibir
alimentación a fin de realizar la tarea.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
La batería de litio de este producto no debe reemplazarse. Existe riesgo de
explosión si se sustituye incorrectamente una batería de litio. No recargue,
desmonte ni incinere una batería de litio. Deseche las baterías de litio
usadas según las instrucciones del fabricante y las normativas locales.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Para evitar el riesgo de incendio o descarga eléctrica, conecte el cable de
alimentación a una toma de corriente debidamente conectada a tierra con
la potencia adecuada que se encuentre cerca del dispositivo y resulte
fácilmente accesible.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Para evitar el riesgo de incendio o descarga eléctrica, utilice
exclusivamente el cable de alimentación que se suministra junto con este
producto o el repuesto autorizado por el fabricante.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
No utilice este producto con cables alargadores, regletas de varias tomas,
cables alargadores de varias tomas o sistemas de alimentación
ininterrumpida. La potencia de este tipo de accesorios puede
sobrecargarse fácilmente si se utiliza una impresora láser, lo que puede
dar lugar a que el rendimiento de la impresora sea bajo, a daños
materiales o a posibles incendios.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Solo debe usarse con este producto un protector de sobretensión
insertable Lexmark debidamente conectado entre la impresora y el cable
de alimentación que con ella se suministra. El uso de protectores de
sobretensión de marcas distintas a Lexmark puede dar lugar a que el
rendimiento de la impresora sea bajo, a daños materiales o a posibles
incendios.

20
Notices, conventions, and safety information

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
No utilice este producto con un protector de sobretensión. El uso de un
dispositivo de protección contra sobretensión puede dar lugar a que el
rendimiento de la impresora sea bajo, a daños materiales o a posibles
incendios.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
si el peso de la impresora es superior a 20 kg (44 lb), pueden ser
necesarias dos o más personas para levantarla de forma segura.

Sicherheitshinweise
• Die Sicherheit dieses Produkts basiert auf Tests und Zulassungen des Originaldesigns und
der spezifischen Komponenten. Sofern nicht autorisierte Ersatzteile eingesetzt werden,
übernimmt der Hersteller keinerlei Verantwortung in Bezug auf die Sicherheit dieses
Produkts.
• Die Wartungsinformationen für dieses Produkt wurden für ausgebildete Servicemitarbeiter
zusammengestellt und dürfen nicht von anderen verwendet werden.
• Möglicherweise besteht bei der Demontage und Wartung dieses Produkts eine erhöhte
Stromschlag- und Verletzungsgefahr. Ausgebildete Servicemitarbeiter sollten sich dieser
Gefahr bewusst sein und die notwendigen Vorsichtsmaßnahmen ergreifen.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Wenn Sie dieses Symbol sehen, besteht eine Gefahr durch gefährliche
Spannungen in dem Produktbereich, in dem Sie arbeiten. Trennen Sie das
Produkt von seiner Stromverbindung, bevor Sie beginnen, oder gehen Sie
vorsichtig vor, wenn das Produkt für die Durchführung der Aufgabe mit
Strom versorgt werden muss.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Die Lithiumbatterie in diesem Produkt darf nicht ausgetauscht werden. Wird
eine Lithiumbatterie nicht ordnungsgemäß ausgetauscht, besteht
Explosionsgefahr. Lithiumbatterien dürfen auf keinen Fall wieder
aufgeladen, auseinander genommen oder verbrannt werden. Befolgen Sie
zum Entsorgen verbrauchter Lithiumbatterien die Anweisungen des
Herstellers und die örtlichen Bestimmungen.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Um Feuer- und Stromschlaggefahr zu vermeiden, schließen Sie das
Netzkabel direkt an eine ordnungsgemäß geerdete Steckdose an, die sich
in der Nähe des Geräts befindet und leicht zugänglich ist.

21
Notices, conventions, and safety information

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Um das Risiko eines Feuers oder elektrischen Schlags zu vermeiden,
verwenden Sie ausschließlich das diesem Produkt beiliegende Netzkabel
bzw. ein durch den Hersteller zugelassenes Ersatzkabel.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Verwenden Sie das Produkt nicht mit Verlängerungskabeln,
Mehrfachsteckdosen, Mehrfachverlängerungen oder Geräten für
unterbrechungsfreie Stromversorgung. Die Belastbarkeit solcher
Zubehörteile kann durch Laserdrucker schnell überschritten werden, was
zu Brandgefahr, Beschädigung von Eigentum oder einer eingeschränkten
Druckerleistung führen kann.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Mit diesem Produkt darf nur ein Lexmark Inline Surge Protector verwendet
werden, der vorschriftsgemäß zwischen dem Drucker und dem
mitgelieferten Netzkabel angeschlossen ist. Die Verwendung von nicht von
Lexmark stammenden Überspannungsschutzgeräten kann zu Brandgefahr,
Beschädigung von Eigentum oder einer eingeschränkten Druckerleistung
führen.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Verwenden Sie dieses Produkt nicht mit einem Inline-
Überspannungsschutz. Die Verwendung von Überspannungsschutzgeräten
kann zu Brandgefahr, Beschädigung von Eigentum oder einer
eingeschränkten Druckerleistung führen.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Wenn der Drucker mehr als 20 kg wiegt, sind zum sicheren Anheben
mindestens zwei Personen notwendig.

22
Change history

Change history
Change history
November 18, 2024

• Updated the ADF removal topic of the Parts removal chapter. See ADF removal on page
400.
• Updated the Flatbed scanner removal topic of the Parts removal chapter. See Flatbed
scanner removal on page 381.
• Updated the Scanner Calibration Reset topic of the Parts removal chapter. See Scanner
Calibration Reset on page 197.

November 8, 2024

• Added PN 41X4551 to the Covers topic of the Parts catalog chapter. For more information,
see Covers.

October 28, 2024

• Added PN 41X2877 and PN 41X2878 to the Cables topic of the Parts catalog chapter. For
more information, see Cables on page 522.

October 16, 2024

• Updated the removal links for PN 41X4351 and PN 41X2880 in the Control panel topic of the
Parts catalog chapter. For more information, see Control panel on page 517
• Added the Control panel removal topic in the Parts removal chapter. For more information,
see Control panel removal on page 331

September 11, 2024

• Updated the Supported paper weights topic in the General information chapter. For more
information, see Supported paper weights on page 38 .

August 9, 2024

• Added the Toner cartridge service check in the 42.60–42.64K error codes of the 42 user
attendance messages topic of the Diagnostics and troubleshooting chapter. See 42 user
attendance messages on page 137.

August 1, 2024

• Updated the Toner cartridge (K) error service check topic in the Diagnostics and
Troubleshooting chapter. See Toner cartridge (K) error service check on page 134
• Updated the Toner cartridge (CMY) error service check topic in the Diagnostics and
Troubleshooting chapter. See Toner cartridge (CMY) error service check on page 135

July 16, 2024

• Added the 41X2848 ADF maintenance kit in the Maintenance kits topic of the Parts catalog
chapter. See Maintenance kits on page 531.

23
Change history

• Added the 41X2848 ADF maintenance kit in the Maintenance kits topic of the Maintenance
chapter. See Maintenance kits on page 488.

June 25, 2024

• Updated the art for 41X4320 Tray present sensor cable in the Cable topic of the Parts
catalog chapter. See Cables on page 522.
• Updated the Flatbed scanner removal topic of the Parts removal chapter. See Flatbed
scanner removal on page 381.
• Updated the ADF removal of the Parts removal topic chapter. See ADF removal on page
400.
• Updated the two-sided printing in the Supported paper weights topic of the General
information chapter. See Supported paper weights on page 38.

April 23, 2024

• Added information about the ellipses loading screen on the Entering Recovery mode topic of
the Service menus chapter. See Entering Recovery mode on page 213.

April 22, 2024

• Added an action item to the following error messages in the Diagnostics and troubleshooting
chapter:
◦ 2.01. See 2‑9 user attendance messages on page 109.
◦ 64 and 66. See 61–66 user attendance error messages on page 153.
◦ 71.04, 71.05, and 71.20. See 71–72 user attendance error messages on page 155.
◦ 680.50. See 600‑680 error messages on page 175.
• Added the following service checks in the Diagnostics and troubleshooting chapter:
◦ Weather station service check. See Weather station service check on page 162.
◦ Engine error service check. See Engine error service check on page 187.
◦ Fuser error service check. See .
◦ Main fan service check. See Main fan service check on page 175.
◦ Tray not ready for picking service check. See Tray not ready for picking service check
on page 180.

March 19, 2024

• Added the Sensor (duplex staging): Paper failed to clear service check topic in the
Diagnostics and troubleshooting chapter. See Sensor (duplex staging): Paper failed to clear
service check on page 92.

January 10, 2024

• Added a note in step 3 of the ADF removal in the Parts removal chapter. See ADF removal
on page 400.

November 7, 2023

• Added the Power cords topic in the Parts catalog chapter. See Power cords on page 532.

August 11, 2023

Updated the following parts removals in the Parts catalog chapter:

• Front door removal. See Front door removal on page 305.

• Tray 1 media feeder removal. See Tray 1 media feeder removal on page 367 .
• Transfer module guide removal. See Transfer module guide removal on page 361.

24
Change history

• ADF top cover removal. See ADF top cover removal on page 403.

August 3, 2023

Updated the following parts removals in the Parts catalog chapter:

• Front door removal. See Front door removal on page 305.

• Tray 1 media feeder removal. See Tray 1 media feeder removal on page 367 .
• Flatbed scanner removal. See Flatbed scanner removal on page 381.

July 18, 2023

• Added the following parts removal in the Parts removal chapter:

◦ Toner access door. See Toner access door removal on page 293.
◦ Right cover. See Right cover removal on page 295.
◦ Control panel base cover. See Control panel base cover removal on page 381.
◦ Scanner left rear access cover. See Scanner left rear access cover removal on page
392.
◦ Scanner right rear access cover. See Scanner right rear access cover removal on
page 392.
• Added the removal links of toner access door and right cover in the Covers topic of the Parts
catalog chapter. See Covers on page 513.
• Added the removal links of the following parts in the Covers 2 topic of the Parts catalog
chapter. See Covers 2 on page 515.
◦ Control panel base cover
◦ Scanner left rear access cover
◦ Scanner right rear access cover
◦ Scanner right support cover
• Added a note in the 32.40D, 32.41D, 32.42D, 32.43D, and 32.65D error codes in the 32 user
attendance error messages topic of the Diagnostics and troubleshooting chapter. See 32
user attendance error messages on page 122.

July 4, 2023

• Updated the Fuser removal topic of the Parts removal chapter. See Fuser removal on page
316.

June 1, 2023

• Added parts removal links in the Sensor locations topic of the Component locations chapter.
See Sensor locations on page 486.

May 23, 2023

• Added the Rear cover removal link in the Covers topic of the Parts catalog chapter. See
Covers on page 513.
• Added the HVPS removal link in the Electronics topic of the Parts catalog chapter. See
Electronics on page 519.
• Added removal links in the Imaging topic of the Parts catalog chapter. See Imaging on page
526.

May 2, 2023

• Changed the part number of the lower left subframe from 41X2326 to 41X4924 of the Parts
catalog chapter. See Covers 2 on page 515.

April 25, 2023

25
Change history

• Product announce.

26
General information

General information
Printer model configurations
The Lexmark™ CX532adwe, XC2335, and CX635adwe MFPs are color, network‑capable
multifunction laser printers. All information in this Service Manual pertains to all models
unless explicitly noted.
The printer is available in the following models:
Model name Configuration / Machine type / model
description number

CX532adwe 4.3-in. color touch screen 7531-276

display, duplex print, duplex
scan, networking, ISD and 7531-286
hard disk support, optional
XC2335 tray support, wireless 7531-289
module support

CX635adwe 7-in. color touch screen 7531-676

display, duplex print, duplex
scan, networking, fax, 7531-686
multi‑feed detection, ISD
and hard disk support,
optional tray support,
wireless module support

Finding the printer serial number

1. Open door A.
2. Locate the serial number.

Selecting paper
Paper guidelines
Use the appropriate paper to prevent jams and help ensure trouble‑free printing.

27
General information

• Always use new, undamaged paper.

• Before loading paper, know the recommended printable side of the paper. This information is
usually indicated on the paper package.
• Do not use paper that has been cut or trimmed by hand.
• Do not mix paper sizes, types, or weights in the same tray; mixing results in jams.
• Do not use coated papers unless they are specifically designed for electrophotographic
printing.

For more information, see the Paper and Specialty Media Guide.

Paper characteristics
The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability. Consider these factors
before printing on them.

Weight

Trays can feed paper of varying weights. Paper lighter than 60 g/m2 (16 lb) may not be stiff
enough to feed properly, and may cause jams. For more information, see the “Supported
paper weights” topic.

Curl

Curl is the tendency for paper to curl at its edges. Excessive curl can cause paper feeding
problems. Curl can occur after the paper passes through the printer, where it is exposed to
high temperatures. Storing paper unwrapped in hot, humid, cold, or dry conditions can
contribute to paper curling before printing and can cause feeding problems.

Smoothness

Paper smoothness directly affects print quality. If paper is too rough, toner cannot fuse to it
properly. If paper is too smooth, it can cause paper feeding or print quality issues. We
recommend the use of paper with 50 Sheffield points.

Moisture content

The amount of moisture in paper affects both print quality and the printer ability to feed the
paper correctly. Leave paper in its original wrapper until you use it. Exposure of paper to
moisture changes can degrade its performance.

Before printing, store paper in its original wrapper for 24 to 48 hours. The environment in
which the paper is stored must be the same as the printer . Extend the time several days if
the storage or transportation environment is very different from the printer environment.
Thick paper may also require a longer conditioning period.

28
General information

Grain direction

Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper. Grain is either grain
long which runs the length of the paper, or grain short which runs the width of the paper.
For recommended grain direction, see the “Supported paper weights” topic.

Fiber content

Most high‑quality xerographic paper is made from 100 percent chemically treated pulped
wood. This content provides the paper with a high degree of stability, resulting in fewer
paper feeding problems and better print quality. Paper containing fibers such as cotton can
negatively affect paper handling.

Unacceptable paper
The following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer:

• Chemically treated papers that are used to make copies without carbon paper. They are also
known as carbonless papers, carbonless copy paper (CCP), or no carbon required (NCR)
paper.
• Preprinted papers with chemicals that may contaminate the printer.
• Preprinted papers that can be affected by the temperature in the printer fuser.
• Preprinted papers that require a registration (the precise print location on the page) greater
than ±2.3 mm (±0.09 in.). For example, optical character recognition (OCR) forms.

Sometimes, registration can be adjusted with a software app to print successfully on these
forms.
• Coated papers (erasable bond), synthetic papers, or thermal papers.
• Rough‑edged, rough or heavily textured surface papers, or curled papers.
• Recycled papers that fail EN12281:2002 (European).
• Paper weighing less than 60 g/m2 (16 lb).
• Multiple‑part forms or documents.

Storing paper
Use these paper storage guidelines to help avoid jams and uneven print quality:

• Store paper in its original wrapper in the same environment as the printer for 24 to 48 hours
before printing.
• Extend the time several days if the storage or transportation environment is very different
from the printer environment. Thick paper may also require a longer conditioning period.
• For best results, store paper where the temperature is 21°C (70°F) and the relative
humidity is 40 percent.
• Most label manufacturers recommend printing in a temperature range of 18–24°C (65–
75°F) with relative humidity between 40 and 60 percent.
• Store paper in cartons, on a pallet or shelf, rather than on the floor.
• Store individual packages on a flat surface.
• Do not store anything on top of individual paper packages.
• Take paper out of the carton or wrapper only when you are ready to load it in the printer. The
carton and wrapper help keep the paper clean, dry, and flat.

29
General information

Supported paper sizes

Paper Standard Manual Optional 650‑sheet Optional Two‑sided

size and 250‑sheet feeder duo tray 550‑sheet printing
dimension tray tray
550‑sheet Multipurpose
tray feeder

A4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

210 x
297 mm
(8.27 x
11.7 in.)

A5 X X ✓ X ✓ X
Portrait
(SEF) 1,2

148 x
210 mm
(5.83 x
8.27 in.)

A5 ✓ ✓ X X X X
Landscape
(LEF) 1,2

210 x
148 mm
(8.27 x
5.83 in.)

A6 ✓ ✓ X ✓ X X

105 x
148 mm
(4.13 x
5.83 in.)

1/3 A4 ✓ ✓ X ✓ X X

95 x 210
mm (3.7
x 8.3 in.)

JIS B5 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ X

182 x
257 mm
(7.17 x
10.1 in.)

30
General information

Paper Standard Manual Optional 650‑sheet Optional Two‑sided

size and 250‑sheet feeder duo tray 550‑sheet printing
dimension tray tray
550‑sheet Multipurpose
tray feeder

Letter ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

215.9 x
279.4
mm (8.5
x 11 in.)

Legal ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

215.9 x
355.6
mm (8.5
x 14 in.)

Executive ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ X

184.2 x
266.7
mm
(7.25 x
10.5 in.)

Oficio ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(Mexico)

215.9 x
340.4
mm (8.5
x 13.4
in.)

Folio ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

215.9 x
330.2
mm (8.5
x 13 in.)

Statement ✓ ✓ X ✓ X X

139.7 x
215.9
mm (5.5
x 8.5 in.)

Hagaki ✓ ✓ X ✓ X X

100 x
148 mm
(3.94 x
5.83 in.)

31
General information

Paper Standard Manual Optional 650‑sheet Optional Two‑sided

size and 250‑sheet feeder duo tray 550‑sheet printing
dimension tray tray
550‑sheet Multipurpose
tray feeder

Universal ✓ ✓ X ✓ X X
3,4

98.4 x
148 mm
to 215.9
x 355.6
mm
(3.87 x
5.83 in.
to 8.5 x
14 in.)

Universal X ✓ X ✓ X X
3,4

76.2 x
127 mm
to 215.9
x 355.6
mm (3 x
5 in. to
8.5 x 14
in.)

Universal ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ X
3,4

148 x
210 mm
to 215.9
x 355.6
mm
(5.83 x
8.27 in.
to 8.5 x
14 in.)

Universal ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
3,4

210 x
250 mm
to 215.9
x 355.6
mm
(8.27 x
9.84 in.
to 8.5 x
14 in.)

32
General information

Paper Standard Manual Optional 650‑sheet Optional Two‑sided

size and 250‑sheet feeder duo tray 550‑sheet printing
dimension tray tray
550‑sheet Multipurpose
tray feeder

7 3/4 ✓ ✓ X ✓ X X
Envelope

98.4 x
190.5
mm
(3.875 x
7.5 in.)

9 ✓ ✓ X ✓ X X
Envelope

98.4 x
225.4
mm
(3.875 x
8.9 in.)

10 ✓ ✓ X ✓ X X
Envelope

104.8 x
241.3
mm
(4.12 x
9.5 in.)

DL ✓ ✓ X ✓ X X
Envelope

110 x
220 mm
(4.33 x
8.66 in.)

C5 ✓ ✓ X ✓ X X
Envelope

162 x
229 mm
(6.38 x
9.01 in.)

B5 ✓ ✓ X ✓ X X
Envelope

176 x
250 mm
(6.93 x
9.84 in.)

33
General information

Paper Standard Manual Optional 650‑sheet Optional Two‑sided

size and 250‑sheet feeder duo tray 550‑sheet printing
dimension tray tray
550‑sheet Multipurpose
tray feeder

Monarch X X X X X X

98.425 x
190.5
mm
(3.875 x
7.5 in.)

Other ✓ ✓ X ✓ X X
Envelope
5

98.4 x
162 mm
to 176 x
250 mm
(3.87 x
6.38 in.
to 6.93 x
9.84 in.)
1Load this paper size into the standard tray and the manual feeder with the long edge
entering the printer first.
2Load this paper size into the optional trays and the multipurpose feeder with the short
edge entering the printer first.
3When Universal is selected, the page is formatted for 215.9 x 355.6 mm (8.5 x 14 in.)
unless the size is specified by the software application.
4 Load narrow paper with the short edge entering the printer first.
5 When Other Envelope is selected, the page is formatted for 215.9 x 355.6 mm (8.5 x 14
in.) unless the size is specified by the software application.
Paper size and dimension Scanner Automatic document
feeder

A4 ✓ ✓

210 x 297 mm (8.27 x 11.7

in.)

A5 Portrait (SEF) ✓ ✓

148 x 210 mm (5.83 x 8.27

in.)

34
General information

Paper size and dimension Scanner Automatic document

feeder

A5 Landscape (LEF) ✓ ✓

210 x 148 mm (8.27 x 5.83

in.)

A6 ✓ ✓

105 x 148 mm (4.13 x 5.83

in.)

1/3 A4 ✓ X

95 x 210 mm (3.7 x 8.3 in.)

JIS B5 ✓ ✓

182 x 257 mm (7.17 x 10.1

in.)

Letter ✓ ✓

215.9 x 279.4 mm (8.5 x 11

in.)

Legal ✓ ✓

215.9 x 355.6 mm (8.5 x 14

in.)

Executive ✓ ✓

184.2 x 266.7 mm (7.25 x

10.5 in.)

Oficio (Mexico) ✓ ✓

215.9 x 340.4 mm (8.5 x

13.4 in.)

Folio ✓ ✓

215.9 x 330.2 mm (8.5 x 13

in.)

Statement ✓ ✓

139.7 x 215.9 mm (5.5 x 8.5

in.)

Hagaki ✓ X

100 x 148 mm (3.94 x 5.83

in.)

35
General information

Paper size and dimension Scanner Automatic document

feeder

Universal 1,2 ✓ X

98.4 x 148 mm to 215.9 x

355.6 mm (3.87 x 5.83 in. to
8.5 x 14 in.)

Universal 1,2 ✓ X

76.2 x 127 mm to 215.9 x

355.6 mm (3 x 5 in. to 8.5 x
14 in.)

Universal 1,2 ✓ ✓

148 x 210 mm to 215.9 x

355.6 mm (5.83 x 8.27 in. to
8.5 x 14 in.)

Universal 1,2 ✓ ✓

210 x 250 mm to 215.9 x

355.6 mm (8.27 x 9.84 in. to
8.5 x 14 in.)

7 3/4 Envelope ✓ X

98.4 x 190.5 mm (3.875 x

7.5 in.)

9 Envelope ✓ X

98.4 x 225.4 mm (3.875 x

8.9 in.)

10 Envelope ✓ X

104.8 x 241.3 mm (4.12 x

9.5 in.)

DL Envelope ✓ X

110 x 220 mm (4.33 x 8.66

in.)

C5 Envelope ✓ X

162 x 229 mm (6.38 x 9.01

in.)

B5 Envelope ✓ X

176 x 250 mm (6.93 x 9.84

in.)

36
General information

Paper size and dimension Scanner Automatic document

feeder

Monarch ✓ X

98.425 x 190.5 mm (3.875 x

7.5 in.)

Other Envelope 3 ✓ X

98.4 x 162 mm to 176 x 250

mm (3.87 x 6.38 in. to 6.93
x 9.84 in.)
1When Universal is selected, the page is formatted for 215.9 x 355.6 mm (8.5 x 14 in.)
unless the size is specified by the software application.
2 Load narrow paper with the short edge entering the printer first.
3 When Other Envelope is selected, the page is formatted for 215.9 x 355.6 mm (8.5 x 14
in.) unless the size is specified by the software application.

Notes
Your printer model may have a 650‑sheet duo tray, which consists of a 550‑sheet
tray and an integrated 100‑sheet multipurpose feeder. The 550‑sheet tray of the
650‑sheet duo tray supports the same paper sizes as the optional 550‑sheet tray.
The integrated multipurpose feeder supports different paper sizes, types, and
weights.

Supported paper types

Paper Standard Manual Optional 650‑sheet Optional Two‑sided

type 250‑sheet feeder duo tray 550‑sheet printing
tray tray
550‑sheet Multipurpose
tray feeder

Plain ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Card ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ X
stock

Labels ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Vinyl ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ X
Labels

Envelope ✓ ✓ X ✓ X X

Paper type Scanner ADF

Plain ✓ ✓

Card stock ✓ X

37
General information

Paper type Scanner ADF

Labels ✓ X

Vinyl Labels ✓ X

Envelope ✓ X

Note:

• Your printer model may have a 650-sheet duo tray, which consists of a 550-sheet
tray and an integrated 100-sheet multipurpose feeder. The 550-sheet tray of the 650-
sheet duo tray supports the same paper type as the 550-sheet tray. The integrated
multipurpose feeder supports different paper sizes, types, and weights.
• Labels, envelopes, and card stock always print at reduced speed.
• Vinyl labels are supported for occasional use only and must be tested for
acceptability. Some vinyl labels may feed more reliably from the multipurpose feeder.

Supported paper weights

Standard Manual Duplex Optional 550-

250‑sheet feeder 650‑sheet duo sheet
tray tray tray

550‑sheet Multipurpose
tray feeder

60– 60– 60– 60– 60– 60–

218 g/ 218 g/ 105 g/ 176 g/ 176 g/ 176 g/
m2 m2 m2 m2 m2 m2

(16– (16– (16– (16– (16– (16–

58‑lb 58‑lb 28‑lb 47‑lb 47‑lb 47‑lb
bond) bond) bond) bond) bond) bond)

Note:

• Your printer model may have a 650-sheet duo tray, which consists of a 550-sheet
tray and an integrated 100-sheet multipurpose feeder. The 550-sheet tray of the 650-
sheet duo tray supports the same paper types as the 550-sheet tray. The integrated
multipurpose feeder supports different paper sizes, types, and weights.
• For 60 to 172 g/m2 (16–47‑lb bond) paper, grain long fibers are recommended.
• Paper less than 75 g/m2 (20‑lb bond) must be printed with Paper Type set to Light
Paper. Failure to do so may cause excessive curl which can lead to feeding errors,
especially in more humid environments.

Tools required for service

• Flat-blade screwdrivers, magnetic, various sizes

38
General information

• #1 Phillips screwdriver, magnetic

• #2 Phillips screwdriver, magnetic
• #2 Phillips screwdriver, magnetic short-blade
• 7/32‑inch ( 5.5 mm) nut driver
• Needle‑nose pliers
• Diagonal side cutters
• Spring hook
• Analog or digital multimeter
• Flashlight (optional)
• Approved toner vacuum (optional)

39
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Troubleshooting precautions

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
When you see this symbol on the product, there is a danger from
hazardous voltage in the area of the product where you are working.
Unplug the product before you begin, or use caution if the product must
receive power in order to perform the task.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
This product uses an electronic power switch. It does not physically
disconnect the input AC voltage. To avoid the risk of electrical shock,
always remove the power cord from the printer when removal of the input
AC voltage is required.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
To avoid the risk of electrical shock while troubleshooting with covers
removed or doors open, do not touch the exposed wires or circuits while
the printer is connected to an electrical outlet.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
To avoid the risk of electrical shock and to prevent damage to the printer,
remove the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all
connections to any external devices before you connect or disconnect any
cable, electronic board, or assembly.

CAUTION—HOT SURFACE
The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a hot
component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.

CAUTION—PINCH HAZARD
To avoid the risk of a pinch injury, use caution in areas marked with this
label. Pinch injuries may occur around moving parts, such as gears, doors,
trays, and covers.

40
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Précautions de dépannage

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Ce symbole indique un danger lié à des niveaux de tension dangereux
dans la zone du produit à manipuler. Débranchez le produit avant de
commencer, ou agissez avec prudence si le produit doit être alimenté pour
effectuer l'opération.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Ce produit utilise un commutateur d'alimentation électronique. Il ne
déconnecte pas physiquement la tension d'alimentation CA. Pour éviter
tout risque d'électrocution, débranchez toujours le cordon d'alimentation de
l'imprimante lorsque vous devez déconnecter la tension d'alimentation CA.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Pour éviter tout risque d'électrocution lors du dépannage de l'imprimante
avec les capots retirés ou les portes ouvertes, prenez garde de ne pas
toucher les fils ou circuits dénudés si l'imprimante est connectée à une
prise électrique.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Pour éviter tout risque d'électrocution et éviter d'endommager l'imprimante,
débranchez le cordon d'alimentation de la prise électrique et déconnectez
toute connexion à tout périphérique externe avant de brancher ou
débrancher des câbles ou circuits et assemblages électroniques.

CAUTION—HOT SURFACE
L'intérieur de l'imprimante risque d'être brûlant. pour réduire le risque de
brûlure, laissez la surface ou le composant refroidir avant d'y toucher.

CAUTION—PINCH HAZARD
Pour éviter tout risque de blessure par pincement, agissez avec précaution
au niveau des zones signalées par cette étiquette. Les blessures par
pincement peuvent se produire autour des pièces mobiles telles que les
engrenages, portes, tiroirs et capots.

41
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Precauciones durante la solución de problemas

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Cuando vea este símbolo en el producto, existe peligro de tensiones
peligrosas en el área del producto en la que está trabajando. Desconecte
el producto antes de empezar o tenga cuidado si el producto debe recibir
alimentación a fin de realizar la tarea.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Este producto utiliza un interruptor de corriente electrónico. No desconecta
físicamente la entrada de voltaje de CA. Para evitar el riesgo de descarga
eléctrica, desenchufe siempre el cable de alimentación de la impresora
cuando sea necesario retirar la entrada de voltaje de CA.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Para evitar el riesgo de descarga eléctrica al solucionar problemas sin las
cubiertas o con las puertas abiertas, no toque los cables ni los circuitos
expuestos mientras la impresora está conectada a una toma de corriente.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Para evitar el riesgo de descargas eléctricas y daños en la impresora,
retire el cable de alimentación de la toma eléctrica y desconecte todas las
conexiones a dispositivos externos antes de conectar o desconectar
cualquier cable, placa electrónica o conjunto.

CAUTION—HOT SURFACE
El interior de la impresora podría estar caliente. Para evitar el riesgo de
heridas producidas por el contacto con un componente caliente, deje que
la superficie se enfríe antes de tocarlo.

CAUTION—PINCH HAZARD
Para evitar el riesgo de lesión por atrapamiento, preste atención en las
áreas marcadas con esta etiqueta. Las lesiones por atrapamiento se
pueden producir en torno a partes móviles, tales como engranajes,
puertas, bandejas y cubiertas.

42
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Vorsichtsmaßnahmen bei der Fehlerbehebung

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Wenn Sie dieses Symbol sehen, besteht eine Gefahr durch gefährliche
Spannungen in dem Produktbereich, in dem Sie arbeiten. Trennen Sie das
Produkt von seiner Stromverbindung, bevor Sie beginnen, oder gehen Sie
vorsichtig vor, wenn das Produkt für die Durchführung der Aufgabe mit
Strom versorgt werden muss.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Dieses Produkt verwendet einen elektronischen Leistungsschalter. Er
trennt die Eingangswechselspannung nicht physikalisch. Um das Risiko
eines elektrischen Schlags zu vermeiden, ziehen Sie stets das Netzkabel
vom Drucker ab, wenn eine Abtrennung der Eingangswechselspannung
erforderlich ist.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Um die Gefahr eines Stromschlags während der Fehlerbehebung bei
entfernten Abdeckungen oder offenen Klappen zu vermeiden, berühren Sie
die freiliegenden Drähte oder Stromkreise nicht, wenn der Drucker an eine
Steckdose angeschlossen ist.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Um das Risiko eines elektrischen Schlags und Schäden am Drucker zu
vermeiden, ziehen Sie das Netzkabel aus der Steckdose und trennen Sie
alle Verbindungen zu jeglichen externen Geräten, bevor Sie Kabel,
Elektronikplatinen oder Baugruppen einstecken oder abziehen.

CAUTION—HOT SURFACE
Das Innere des Druckers kann sehr heiß sein. Vermeiden Sie
Verletzungen, indem Sie heiße Komponenten stets abkühlen lassen, bevor
Sie ihre Oberfläche berühren.

CAUTION—PINCH HAZARD
Um das Risiko einer Quetschung zu vermeiden, gehen Sie in Bereichen,
die mit diesem Etikett gekennzeichnet sind, mit Vorsicht vor. Quetschungen
können im Bereich von beweglichen Komponenten auftreten, wie z. B.
Zahnrädern, Klappen, Fächern und Abdeckungen.

43
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Troubleshooting overview
Performing the initial troubleshooting check
Before you start the troubleshooting procedures, perform the following checks:

• Use genuine Lexmark supplies and parts for the best results. Third-party supplies or parts
may affect the performance, reliability, or life of the printer and its imaging components.
• With the power cord unplugged from the electrical outlet, check that the cord is free from the
breakage, short circuits, disconnected wires, or incorrect connections.
• Make sure the printer is properly grounded. Check the power cord ground terminal.
• Make sure the power supply line voltage is within 10% of the rated line voltage.
• Make sure the machine is securely installed on a level surface in a well‑ventilated area.
• Make sure the room temperature is between 16 and 32°C (60 and 90°F) and that the relative
humidity is between 20 and 80%.
• Avoid sites generating ammonia gas, high temperature, high humidity (near water faucets,
kettles, humidifiers), cold spaces, near open flames, and dusty areas.
• Avoid sites exposed to direct sunlight.
• Make sure the paper is the recommended paper for this printer.
• Make a trial print with paper from a newly opened package, and check the result.

Replace cartridge, printer region mismatch

To correct this problem, purchase a cartridge with the correct region that matches the
printer region, or purchase a worldwide cartridge.

• The first number in the message after 42 indicates the region of the printer.
• The second number in the message after 42 indicates the region of the cartridge.

Install the correct toner cartridge.

Region Numeric code

Worldwide or Undefined region 0

North America (United States, Canada), 1

Australia, New Zealand

European Economic Area, Iceland, 2

Liechtenstein, and Norway

Asia Pacific 3

Latin America 4

Rest of Europe, Middle East, Africa 5

Invalid region 9

44
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Note: To find the region settings of the printer and toner cartridge, print the print
quality test pages. From the home screen, touch Settings > Troubleshooting >
Print Quality Test Pages.

Securing the printer

Resetting the printer without admin credentials

Notes

• Resetting the printer or replacing the controller board deletes all security settings.
• Before changing the security settings, ask permission from your administrator.

1. Perform an Out of Service Erase to reset the printer to factory defaults without using admin
credentials. For more information, see Data security notice on page 47.

Warning—Potential Damage
This method makes the device vulnerable to hacking because it allows the creation
of an admin account afterwards. By default, newer firmware versions restrict Out of
Service Erase to admin users only, making the printer more secure and
remembering the admin password more important.

2. If Out of Service Erase is unavailable, then use the security reset jumper to reset the printer
to factory defaults. For more information, see Using the security reset jumper on page 45.
3. If the effect of the jumper reset is disabled, then replace the controller board. For more
information, see Controller board removal on page 372.

Using the security reset jumper

The security reset jumper is on the controller board. It can be used if the admin password
is lost or forgotten, and Out of Service Erase is not available.

Note:

• To enable the effect of the security reset jumper, from the home screen navigate to:
Security > Miscellaneous > Security Reset Jumper > Enable “Guest” Access.
• To disable the effect of the jumper, select No Effect from the Security Reset Jumper
section in the Security menu. If the password is forgotten or lost, perform an Out of
Service Erase or replace the controller board. See Resetting the printer without
admin credentials on page 45 or .Controller board removal on page 372

1. Turn off the printer.

2. Remove the controller board shield.

45
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

3. Locate the security jumper (A) on the controller board.

4. Move the jumper to cover the middle and exposed prongs.

Notes
The movement of the jumper triggers the reset, not the jumper position.

5. Attach the controller board shield.

6. Turn on the printer.

Note:

• The security framework remains in place after the reset. Public permissions are reset
to default and now include Out of Service Erase as an option.
• If LDAP is used to authenticate the copy function in MFPs, then the LDAP
configuration and copy function are no longer protected.
• If Enable Audit is activated in the Security Audit Log, then the printer logs a message
each time the jumper is reset.
• Physical access to the printer is required to use the jumper, making it more secure
against hacking. To prevent tampering of the jumper, secure the controller board
cage with a Kensington lock.

46
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Data security notice

Identifying printer memory

• Volatile memory—The printer uses standard random access memory (RAM) to buffer user
data temporarily during simple print and copy jobs.
• Nonvolatile memory—The printer may use two forms of nonvolatile memory: EEPROM and
NAND (flash memory). Both types are used to store the operating system, printer settings,
network information, scanner and bookmark settings, and embedded solutions.
• Hard disk memory—Some printers have a hard disk drive installed. The hard disk is
designed for printer-specific functionality and cannot be used for long‑term storage of data
that is not print-related. The hard disk does not let users extract information, create folders,
create disk or network file shares, or transfer FTP information directly from a client device.
The hard disk can retain buffered user data from complex print jobs, form data, and font
data.

The following parts can store memory:

• Engine board
• User interface controller card (UICC)
• Controller board
• Optional hard disks
• Intelligent Storage Drive (ISD)

Note: The engine board and controller board contain NVRAM.

Erasing printer memory

To erase volatile memory, turn off the printer.

To erase nonvolatile memory, do the following:

1. From the control panel, navigate to Settings > Device > Maintenance > Out of Service
Erase > Sanitize all information on nonvolatile memory.
2. Select Sanitize all information on nonvolatile memory, and then select ERASE.
3. Follow the instructions on the screen.

To erase hard disk memory, do the following:

1. From the control panel, navigate to Settings > Device > Maintenance > Out of Service
Erase > Sanitize all information on hard disk.
2. Select Sanitize all information on hard disk, and then select ERASE.
3. Follow the instructions on the screen.

Note: This process can take from several minutes to more than an hour, making
the printer unavailable for other tasks.

If a hard disk is replaced, then do the following:

47
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

1. Remove the hard disk, and then return it to the customer.

2. Request the customer to sign the Customer Retention form.

Note: You can get printed copies of the form from your Lexmark partner manager.

3. Take a photo of the signed form, and then upload it to the Service Request debrief tool.
4. Fax or email the signed form to the number or e-mail address shown at the bottom of the
form.

Fixing print quality issues

Initial print quality check
Before troubleshooting print problems, do the following:

• Make sure that the printer is in an area that follows the recommended operating environment
and power requirement specifications.
• Check the status of the supplies. Replace supplies that are low or empty.
• Load 20–21 lb bond (75–80 g/m2) plain letter or A4 paper. Make sure that the paper guides
are properly set and locked. From the home screen, set the paper size and type to match the
paper loaded in the tray.
• From the home screen, touch Settings > Troubleshooting > Print Quality Test Pages.
• Print and keep the Menu Settings Page. The original page is used to restore the custom
settings if necessary. From the home screen, touch Settings > Reports > Menu Settings
Page.
• On the printed Menu Settings Page, check if the print resolution is set to 4800 CQ and the
toner darkness is set to 4.
• Check the toner cartridge for damage, and replace if necessary.
• Make sure that the correct print driver is installed. If the wrong print driver is installed, then
incorrect characters could print and the copy may not fit the page correctly.
• Make sure that the paper loaded is from a fresh package. Paper absorbs moisture due to
high humidity. Store paper in its original wrapper until you use it.

Supplies used to resolve print quality issues

For this family of printers, the following supplies are available to resolve print quality
issues:
Supply item Part number

Developer units
• 75M0D10—150K page black
developer unit
• 75M0D20—150K page cyan
developer unit
• 75M0D30—150K page magenta
developer unit
• 75M0D40—150K page yellow
developer unit

48
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Supply item Part number

Imaging kits
• 75M0Z10—150K page black imaging
kit
• 75M0Z50—150K page black and color
imaging kit
• 75M0ZK0—150K page black return
imaging kit
• 75M0ZV0—150K page black and
color return imaging kit

Toner cartridges Check the supplies guide for the part

number of the cartridge used in your printer.

Waste toner bottle 75M0W00—30K pages

Notes
The photoconductor basket is not available.

Blurred print

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see Initial print quality check on page 48.

1. Adjust the color. From the home screen, touch Settings > Print > Quality > Advanced
Imaging > Color Adjust.
2. Check the imaging kit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.
3. Make sure the printhead lenses are clean. Do the following:

a. Remove the imaging kit.

b. Clean the printhead lenses.
4. Make sure that the temperature and humidity levels in the printer and in the room are similar.
Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics & adjustments >
Weather Station.
b. Press OK or touch Start.
5. Perform the weather station service check.
6. Make sure that the HVPS cable is properly connected to the HVPS connector on the
controller board.
7. Check the HVPS cable for discontinuity and damage.
8. Remove the transfer module. For more information, see Transfer module removal on page
324.

Make sure that the three HVPS contacts (A) are properly positioned and can freely move up
and down.

49
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

9. Check the HVPS for damage, contamination, and improper installation.

10. Check the transfer module for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Transfer module removal on page 324.
11. Check the controller board for damage, contamination, and improper installation.

Misaligned color

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see Initial print quality check on page 48.

1. Determine the color misalignment.

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Advanced Print Quality Samples >
Advanced Print Quality Test Pages.
b. Check pages G and H on the test pages to determine the color misalignment.
2. Adjust the color. From the home screen, touch Settings > Print > Quality > Advanced
Imaging > Color Adjust.
3. Perform the auto alignment service check. For more information, see Auto alignment service
check on page 69.
4. Check the printhead for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Printhead removal on page 379.

50
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Toner easily rubs off

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see .Initial print quality check on page 48

1. Depending on your operating system, specify the paper type from the Printing Preferences
or Print dialog.

a. Make sure that the setting matches the paper loaded.

b. Change the setting on the printer control panel.
2. Perform the service check for any log error codes.

a. From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Maintenance > Configuration
Menu > Reports > Event Log.
b. Check the log history for fuser error codes.
3. Check the LVPS for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more information,
see LVPS removal on page 266.

Gray or solid background

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see Initial print quality check on page 48.

1. Check the imaging kit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.
2. Check for missing colors. Do the following:

51
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

a. Place a narrow strip of paper over the gap between the developer units.

Notes
Make sure that the paper stays in place when inserting the imaging kit to
prevent the laser from discharging the photoconductor units.

b. From the home screen, touch Settings > Reports > Print Quality Pages.
c. Check the test pages for solid colors.
If there are missing solid colors on the test pages, do the following:

a. Make sure that the cables connecting the printhead to the controller board are properly
connected.
b. Check the printhead for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Printhead removal on page 379.
c. Check the controller board for damage, contamination, and improper installation.
3. Check the FFC connection between the controller board and the engine board for the
following:

◦ Improper connection
◦ Damage
4. Check the HVPS cable for discontinuity, damage, contamination, and improper installation.
5. Make sure that the HVPS contacts are properly positioned and can freely move up and
down.

a. Remove the transfer module. For more information, see Transfer module removal on
page 324.
b. Make sure that the three HVPS contacts are properly positioned and can freely move
up and down.

Notes
If the contracts are improperly positioned and stuck, do the following:

a. Check the HVPS for damage, contamination, and improper installation.

b. Check the controller board for damage, contamination, and improper installation.

Solid color or black image

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see Initial print quality check on page 48.

52
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

1. Check the imaging kit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.
2. Check for missing colors. Do the following:

a. Place a narrow strip of paper over the gap between the developer units.

Notes
Make sure that the paper stays in place when inserting the imaging kit to
prevent the laser from discharging the photoconductor units.

b. From the home screen, touch Settings > Reports > Print Quality Pages.
c. Check the test pages for solid colors.
If there are missing solid colors on the test pages, do the following:

a. Make sure that the cables connecting the printhead to the controller board are properly
connected.
b. Check the printhead for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Printhead removal on page 379.
c. Check the controller board for damage, contamination, and improper installation.
3. Check the FFC connection between the controller board and the engine board for the
following:

◦ Improper connection
◦ Damage
4. Check the HVPS cable for discontinuity, damage, contamination, and improper installation.
5. Make sure that the three HVPS contacts are properly positioned and can freely move up and
down. Do the following:

a. Remove the transfer module. For more information, see Transfer module removal on
page 324.
b. Make sure that the three HVPS contacts are properly positioned and can freely move
up and down.
If the contracts are improperly positioned and stuck, do the following:

a. Check the HVPS for damage, contamination, and improper installation.

b. Check the controller board for damage, contamination, and improper installation.

Blank or white pages

Precheck procedure

1. From the home screen, navigate to Settings > Troubleshooting > Print Quality Test
Pages.

53
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

2. Check page A to determine any missing colors.

3. If any one color or black is missing, then perform the missing color check. See Missing color
on page 62.

Service check

1. Check the imaging kit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.
2. Make sure that the contacts between the developer units and the PCUs on the imaging kit
are clean. Do the following:

a. Remove the imaging kit. For more information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.
b. Remove the developer units.
c. Check the contacts between the developer units and the PCUs on the imaging kit for
damage and contamination. For more information, see Supplies used to resolve print
quality issues on page 48.
3. Check the printhead cable for damage, contamination, and improper installation.
4. Check the printhead for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Printhead removal on page 379.
5. Check the HVPS cable for discontinuity.
6. Check the FFC connection between the controller board and the engine board for the
following:

◦ Improper connection
◦ Damage
7. Make sure that the three HVPS contacts are properly positioned and can freely move up and
down. Do the following:

a. Remove the transfer module. For more information, see Transfer module removal on
page 324.
b. Make sure that the three HVPS contacts are properly positioned and can freely move
up and down.
If the contacts are improperly positioned and stuck, do the following:

a. Check the HVPS for damage, contamination, and improper installation.

b. Check the controller board for damage, contamination, and improper installation.

Horizontal white lines

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see Initial print quality check on page 48.

54
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

1. Depending on your operating system, specify the paper type from the Printing Preferences
or Print dialog.

a. Make sure that the setting matches the paper loaded.

b. Change the setting on the printer control panel.
2. Check the imaging kit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.
3. Check the HVPS for damage, contamination, and improper installation.
4. Check the HVPS cable if it is pinched or damaged.
5. Make sure that the cables connecting the HVPS to the controller board are properly
connected.

Horizontal colored lines or banding

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see .Initial print quality check on page 48

1. Depending on your operating system, specify the paper type from the Printing Preferences
or Print dialog.

a. Make sure that the setting matches the paper loaded.

b. Change the setting on the printer control panel.
2. Check the imaging kit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.
3. Make sure that the lines appear in equal intervals. Do the following:

a. From the home screen, enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Settings >
Troubleshooting > Print Quality Test Pages.
b. Check the test page.
If the lines appear in equal intervals, perform the repeating defects check. For more
information, see Repeating defects on page 64.

55
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Text or images cut off

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see .Initial print quality check on page 48

1. Make sure to adjust the paper guides in the tray to the correct position for the paper loaded.
2. Depending on your operating system, specify the paper type from the Printing Preferences
or Print dialog.

a. Make sure that the setting matches the paper loaded.

b. Change the setting on the printer control panel.
3. Check the imaging kit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.
4. Check the developer units for damage, contamination, and improper installation.
5. Check for packing material left on the imaging components.
6. Make sure that the developer unit hold downs are in their proper position and are properly
operating. Do the following:

a. Remove the imaging kit.

b. Check the hold downs for improper position.

56
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Mottled print and dots

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see Initial print quality check on page 48.

1. Check the printer for leaked toner contamination.

2. Make sure that the settings match. Do the following:

a. From the home screen, touch Settings > Paper > Tray Configuration > Paper Size/
Type.

57
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

b. Make sure that the paper type and paper size settings match the paper loaded.
c. Check the paper for a textured or rough finish.

If the paper is textured or has rough finish, replace it with plain paper.
3. Depending on your operating system, specify the paper type from the Printing Preferences
or Print dialog.

a. Make sure that the setting matches the paper loaded.

b. Change the setting on the printer control panel.
4. Check the imaging kit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.
5. To clean the printer of toner leakage, do the following:

a. Using a toner vacuum, clean the printer thoroughly.

b. Perform a print job to clear the remaining toner from the imaging components.
c. Replace the developer unit of the leaking color. For more information, see Supplies
used to resolve print quality issues on page 48.
6. Check the photoconductor unit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For
more information, see Supplies used to resolve print quality issues on page 48.
7. Make sure that the fuser is free from contamination. Do the following:

a. From the home screen, touch Settings > Reports > Menu Settings Page.

Notes
Perform this step twice to clear any debris.

b. Check the fuser for toner contamination.

If the fuser is contaminated, replace the fuser. For more information, see Fuser removal on
page 316.
8. Check the transfer module for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Transfer module removal on page 324.

Vertical white lines

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see Initial print quality check on page 48.

1. Depending on your operating system, specify the paper type from the Printing Preferences
or Print dialog.

58
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

a. Make sure that the setting matches the paper loaded.

b. Change the setting on the printer control panel.
2. Check the imaging kit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.
3. Make sure that the printhead lenses are clean. Do the following:

a. Perform the waste toner bottle service check.

b. Remove the imaging kit.
c. Clean the printhead lenses.
4. Check the test pages and identify the affected color. Do the following:

a. From the home screen, touch Settings > Troubleshooting > Print Quality Test
Pages.
b. Identify the developer unit of the affected color. Replace the affected developer unit.
c. If all colors are affected, then replace the transfer module. For more information, see
Transfer module removal on page 324.
5. Check the photoconductor unit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For
more information, see Supplies used to resolve print quality issues on page 48.
6. Check the transfer module for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Transfer module removal on page 324.
7. Check the printhead for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Printhead removal on page 379.

Ghost images

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see Initial print quality check on page 48.

1. Depending on your operating system, specify the paper type from the Printing Preferences
or Print dialog.

a. Make sure that the setting matches the paper loaded.

b. Change the setting on the printer control panel.
2. Adjust the color. From the home screen, touch Settings > Print > Quality > Advanced
Imaging > Color Adjust.
3. Check the imaging kit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.
4. From the home screen, check the status of the black and color imaging kit.
5. Measure the distance from one point of the original image to the same point on the ghost
image.

If the distance is 43.9 mm, then replace the imaging kit. For more information, see Imaging
kit removal on page 290.

59
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

6. Check the developer unit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Supplies used to resolve print quality issues on page 48.
7. Make sure that the fuser is free from contamination. Do the following:

a. From the home screen, touch Settings > Reports > Menu Settings Page.

Notes
Perform this step twice to clear any debris.

b. Check the fuser for toner contamination.

If the fuser is contaminated, replace the fuser. For more information, see Fuser removal on
page 316.

Vertical colored lines or banding

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see Initial print quality check on page 48.

1. If the printer is an MFP, use a blank sheet of paper to make a two-sided copy on the ADF.

If the vertical dark lines appear, clean the ADF scanner glass. For more information, see
Cleaning the scanner on page 492.
2. Depending on your operating system, specify the paper type from the Printing Preferences
or Print dialog.

a. Make sure that the setting matches the paper loaded.

b. Change the setting on the printer control panel.
3. Check the imaging kit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.
4. Check the developer unit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Supplies used to resolve print quality issues on page 48.
5. Check the transfer module for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Transfer module removal on page 324.

Notes
Make sure there is no debris under the transfer module when it is removed.

60
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

6. Check the fuser for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more information,
see Fuser removal on page 316.

Dark print

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see Initial print quality check on page 48.

1. Adjust the color. From the home screen, touch Settings > Print > Quality > Advanced
Imaging > Color Adjust.
2. Depending on your operating system, reduce the toner darkness from the Printing
Preferences or Print dialog.

Notes
You can also change the setting on the printer control panel.

3. Depending on your operating system, specify the paper type from the Printing Preferences
or Print dialog.

a. Make sure that the setting matches the paper loaded.

b. Change the setting on the printer control panel.
4. Check the paper for a textured or rough finish.

If the paper is textured or has rough finish, replace it with plain paper.
5. Identify the color affected. Do the following:

a. From the home screen, touch Settings > Troubleshooting > Print Quality Test
Pages.
b. Check the test pages.
If only one color is affected, enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics
& adjustments > Color alignment adjust > AA adjustment row.

If all colors are affected, perform the toner patch sensing service check. For more
information, see Toner patch sensing service check on page 68.
6. Check the HVPS cable for discontinuity, damage, contamination, and improper installation.
7. Check the HVPS for damage, contamination, and improper installation.
8. Check the transfer module and its contacts for damage, contamination, and improper
installation. For more information, see Transfer module removal on page 324.

61
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Missing color

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see Initial print quality check on page 48.

1. Adjust the color. From the home screen, touch Settings > Print > Quality > Advanced
Imaging > Color Adjust.
2. Check for packing material left in the imaging kit.
3. Make sure that the toner cartridges and developer units are properly installed.
4. Check the imaging kit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.
5. Check the waste toner bottle for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Waste toner bottle removal on page 301.
6. Check the printhead cable for damage, contamination, and improper installation.
7. Identify the color affected. Do the following:

a. From the home screen, touch Settings > Troubleshooting > Quality Tests Pages.
b. Check the test pages.
If the missing color is yellow, do the following:

a. Removing the imaging kit.

b. Make sure that the transfer module cleaning blade is in the correct position. For more
information, see Transfer module removal on page 324.
8. Check the contacts on the imaging kit and the developer unit of the missing color for dust or
debris.

If the contacts are not free of dust and debris, clean the contacts between the developer unit
and the imaging kit.
9. Check the developer unit for damage, contamination, and improper installation.
10. Make sure that the pins in the HVPS can freely move in and out with an equal amount of
spring force.

If the pins do not freely move, replace the HVPS.

11. Make sure that the motor of the affected developer unit runs. Do the following:

a. Remove the imaging kit. For more information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.
b. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics & adjustments >
Motor tests.
c. Go to the appropriate developer unit motor test for the missing color, and then run the
test.
If the motor does not run, replace the defective EP drive. For more information, see EP drive
removal on page 262.
12. Make sure that the imaging kit drive couplers move. Do the following:

62
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

a. Remove the imaging kit. For more information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.
b. While manually turning the motors, check if the couplers that drive the imaging kit
move.
If the couplers do not move, replace the EP drive. For more information, see EP drive
removal on page 262.
13. Check the Print Quality Test Pages if the black plane or the CMY plane is missing.

If the black plane or the CMY plane is missing, replace the HVPS.
14. Check the printhead for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Printhead removal on page 379.
15. Check the controller board for damage, contamination, and improper installation.
16. Check the FFC connection between the controller board and the engine board for the
following:

◦ Improper connection
◦ Damage

Uneven print density

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see Initial print quality check on page 48.

1. Check the imaging kit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.
2. Adjust the color. From the home screen, touch Settings > Print > Quality > Advanced
Imaging > Color Adjust.
3. Make sure that the settings match. Do the following:

a. Touch Settings > Device > Preferences.

b. Make sure that the paper type and size settings match the paper type and size set on
the tray.
If the settings do not match, change the paper size and type or adjust the size settings in the
tray.
4. Check the paper for a textured or rough finish.

If the paper is textured or has rough finish, replace it with plain paper.
5. Make sure to clean the printhead lenses.

63
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Repeating defects

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see .Initial print quality check on page 48

1. Check the rollers along the paper path for dust or debris.

If there is dust or debris on the rollers, clean the affected rollers.

2. Check the distance between the repeating defects. Do the following:

a. From the home screen, touch Settings > Troubleshooting > Print Quality Test
Pages.
b. Measure the distance between the repeating defects on the affected color page.
3. Check the measurement against the following components. If there is a match, replace the
component that matches the measurement.

Imaging kit

◦ 94.5 mm (3.72 in.)

◦ 29.9 mm (1.18 in.)
◦ 23.20 mm (0.91 in.)
Developer unit

◦ 43.6 mm (1.72 in.)

◦ 45.0 mm (1.77 in.)
Transfer module

◦ 37.70 mm (1.48 in.)

◦ 78.50 mm (3.09 in.)
◦ 55 mm (2.17 in.)
Fuser

◦ 79.80 mm (3.14 in.)

◦ 94.30 mm (3.71 in.)
4. In addition, refer to the following list of interval measurements with their corresponding
affected components.

64
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Note:
◦ Replace the parts one at a time in the order indicated.
◦ Print a test page after replacing each part to check if the problem has been
solved.
◦ For more information on the supplies, see .Supplies used to resolve print
quality issues on page 48

99 mm interval

◦ Fuser
94 mm interval

◦ Imaging kit
79 mm interval

◦ Developer unit of the affected color

75 mm interval

◦ Fuser
55–56 mm interval

◦ Developer unit
◦ Transfer module
◦ EP drive
44–45 mm interval

◦ Developer unit
33 mm interval

◦ Developer unit
◦ EP drive
28 mm, 24 mm, 16 mm, 12–14 mm, 9 mm, and 4-5 mm interval

◦ EP drive
6–7 mm interval

◦ Fuser motor
◦ EP drive
1–3 mm interval

◦ Developer unit
◦ Fuser
◦ EP drive
◦ MFP redrive
Less than 1 mm interval

◦ EP drive
◦ Fuser motor

65
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Light print

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see Initial print quality check on page 48.

1. Adjust the color. From the home screen, touch Settings > Print > Quality > Advanced
Imaging > Color Adjust.
2. Depending on your operating system, increase the toner darkness from the Printing
Preferences or Print dialog.
3. Check the color saver setting. Do the following:

a. From the home screen, touch Settings > Print > Quality > Color Saver.
b. Turn off Color Saver.
4. Depending on your operating system, specify the paper type from the Printing Preferences
or Print dialog.

a. Make sure that the setting matches the paper loaded.

b. Change the setting on the printer control panel.
5. Check the paper for a textured or rough finish.

If the paper is textured or has rough finish, replace it with plain paper.
6. Check the imaging kit for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.
7. Check the developer units for damage, contamination, and improper installation.
8. Make sure that the motor of the affected developer unit runs. Do the following:

a. From the home screen, enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer
diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests.
b. Select the motor of the affected color, and then run the test.
If the motor does not run, make sure that the motor cable is properly installed.
9. Make sure to clean the printhead lenses. Do the following:

a. Perform the waste toner bottle service check.

b. Remove the imaging kit.
c. Clean the printhead lenses.
10. Check the HVPS cable for discontinuity, damage, contamination, and improper installation.
11. Make sure that the HVPS contacts are visible and can freely move up and down:

a. Remove the transfer module. For more information, see Transfer module removal on
page 324.
b. Make sure that the three HVPS contacts are visible and can freely move up and down.
If the contacts are not visible and they cannot freely move, replace the imaging kit. For more
information, see Imaging kit removal on page 290.

66
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

12. Check the transfer module for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Transfer module removal on page 324.
13. Check the HVPS for damage, contamination, and improper installation.

Skewed print

Notes
Before doing this print quality check, see .Initial print quality check on page 48

1. Adjust the paper guides in the tray to the correct position for the paper loaded.

Notes
Make sure that the paper stack is below the maximum paper fill line.

2. Load paper from a fresh package.

Notes
Make sure that the paper loaded is supported by the printer. For more information,
see the “Selecting paper” section.

3. Check the transfer module for damage, contamination, and improper installation.
4. Perform printhead adjustment. For more information, see Registration adjustment on page
254.
5. Check the pick rollers for dust or debris.
6. If the paper in tray 1 are straight but the paper in the other tray/s is skewed, then do the
following:

a. Make sure that the paper guides in the tray/s are free to move and properly adjusted.
b. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics & adjustments >
Registration adjust.
c. Select Duplex Skew or Option Skew.

67
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Note:
▪ Duplex Skew affects the duplex side of the paper.
▪ Option Skew affects the paper in tray 2, tray 3, and MPF.
▪ Raising the value of the skew setting rotates the horizontal lines
clockwise while the vertical lines remain vertical.

d. Print a test page.

Toner patch sensing service check

Precheck procedure

Notes
Perform this procedure before performing the service check.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Color alignment adjust

2. On the AA adjustment row, touch Start.

Note:
◦ This triggers the auto align routine which performs the color alignment error
corrections (0.42 mm, 0.84 mm, and 3 mm range).
◦ If the AA adjustment is successful, an AA adjustment passed message
appears on the screen. If an AA adjustment passed message does not appear,
skip the next pre-check step, and then go directly to step 4 in the service
check.

3. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Printer setup > EP setup > Toner patch sensor adjust > Full calibration

Notes
This triggers the auto align routine (0.42 mm range only) and the solid area and
linearization adjustments.

Service check

1. Check if the CalSet values are equal to 0. Do the following:

a. From the home screen, touch Settings > Troubleshooting > Print Quality Test
Pages.
b. On the Device Information section of the test page, check the CalSet values of the
following:

▪ C developer unit operating point

▪ C laser operating point
▪ C linearization stat

68
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

▪ M developer unit operating point

▪ M laser operating point
▪ M linearization stat
▪ Y developer unit operating point
▪ Y laser operating point
▪ Y linearization stat
▪ K developer unit operating point
▪ K laser operating point
▪ K linearization stat
2. Perform the blank or white pages service check. For more information, see Blank or white
pages on page 53.

If there is an issue found and resolved, perform the auto alignment service check. For more
information, see Auto alignment service check on page 69.
3. Make sure that the results of the following tests approximately match the expected values
and fall within the requirements:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer setup > EP setup > Toner patch
sensor adjust.
b. On the sensor gain characterization, touch Start.
c. On the sensor gain verification, touch Start.
d. On the sensor gain verification section of the test page, check the average signal
values of the patch number.
If the results do not match with the expected value and do not fall within the requirements,
perform the auto alignment service check. For more information, see Auto alignment service
check on page 69.
4. Make sure that the JTPS_C1 connector on the engine board is properly connected to the
sensor (toner patch).
5. Make sure that the results of the following tests approximately match the expected values
and fall within the requirements:

a. Replace the sensor (toner patch.) For more information, see Sensor (toner patch)
removal on page 281.
b. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer setup > EP setup > Toner patch
sensor adjust.
c. On the sensor gain characterization, touch Start.
d. On the sensor gain verification, touch Start.
e. On the sensor gain verification section of the test page, check the average signal
values of the patch number.

Auto alignment service check

Pre check procedure

Notes
Perform this procedure before performing the service check.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Printer Setup > EP setup > Toner patch sensor adjust > Full calibration
2. Navigate to Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality Test Pages.
3. Check pages G and H on the test pages to determine the color misalignment.
4. If colors are misaligned, then navigate to Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Color
alignment adjust > Auto align.

69
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

5. Find AA adjustment, and then press OK or touch Start.

Notes
This triggers the auto align routine which performs the color alignment error
corrections for the 0.42 mm, 0.84 mm, and 3 mm ranges.

6. Navigate to Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality Test Pages.
7. Check pages G and H on the test pages to determine the color misalignment.
8. If colors are still misaligned, then navigate to Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Color
alignment adjust > Auto align.

Notes
Ignore the AA adjustment performed earlier.

Service check

1. Check if the color alignment stat value is equal to 0. Do the following:

a. From the home screen, touch Settings > Troubleshooting > Print Quality Test
Pages.
b. On the CalSet section of the test page, check the color alignment stat value.
2. Perform the Blank or white pages check or Missing color check. For more information, see
Blank or white pages on page 53 or Missing color on page 62.
3. Make sure that the results of the following tests approximately match the expected values
and fall within the requirements:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer setup > EP setup > Toner patch
sensor adjust.
b. Find Sensor gain characterization, and then press OK or touch Start.
c. Find Sensor gain verification, and then press OK or touch Start.
d. On the TPS Sensor Characterization and Verification Information Page section of the
print out, check the values of the following:

▪ The PaperLeft-NDS Volts and PaperRight-DS Volts in the Patch Average from
the TPS Verification Page section.
▪ The Left-NDS Volts and Right-DS Volts in the High Gain Bare Belt
Characterization Results section.
▪ The mV value in the Amplifier Offset Characterization Result section.
If the results do not match with the expected value and do not fall within the requirements,
check the sensor (toner patch) cables on the controller board for improper connection.
4. Check the transfer module for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Transfer module removal on page 324.
5. Make sure that the sensors (toner patch) are free of dust or debris.
6. Replace the sensors (toner patch).
7. Make sure that the results of the following tests approximately match the expected values
and fall within the requirements:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer setup > EP setup > Toner patch
sensor adjust.
b. Find Sensor gain characterization, and then press OK or touch Start.
c. Find Sensor gain verification, and then press OK or touch Start.
d. On the TPS Sensor Characterization and Verification Information Page section of the
print out, check the values of the following:

70
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

▪ The PaperLeft-NDS Volts and PaperRight-DS Volts in the Patch Average from
the TPS Verification Page section.
▪ The Left-NDS Volts and Right-DS Volts in the High Gain Bare Belt
Characterization Results section.
▪ The mV value in the Amplifier Offset Characterization Result section.

Post‑check procedure (as necessary)

Notes
Perform this procedure only if the sensors (toner patch) were replaced during the
service check.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Color alignment adjust

2. Find AA adjustment, and then press OK or touch Start.

Notes
This action triggers the auto align routine which performs the color alignment error
corrections for the 0.42 mm, 0.84 mm, and 3 mm ranges.

3. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Printer Setup > EP setup > Toner patch sensor adjust > Full calibration

Notes
This action triggers the auto align routine which performs the color alignment error
corrections for the 0.42 mm range only.

4. From the home screen, navigate to Settings > Troubleshooting > Print Quality Test
Pages.
5. On the CalSet section of the test page, check if the color alignment stat value is equal to 0. If
the value is 0, then contact the next level of support.

Fixing scan quality issues

Dark image quality using the ADF or scanner
1. Check if the scan defect is visible on the print quality samples. Enter the Diagnostics menu,
and then touch Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality Test Pages.

If the scan defect is visible, identify, and then resolve the print quality defect. For more
information, see the “Fixing print quality issues” section.
2. Perform a color adjust. From the home screen, touch Settings > Print > Quality >
Advanced Imaging > Color Adjust.
3. Make sure that the following parts are clean:

◦ ADF glass
◦ Scanner glass

71
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

◦ ADF glass pad

◦ Scanner glass pad
◦ ADF glass pad in door C
◦ ADF glass in door C
For more information, see Cleaning the scanner on page 492.
4. Check the controller board for damage and improper installation. For more information, see
Controller board removal on page 372.

Vertical lines (process direction using the ADF)

1. Check if the scan defect is visible on the print quality samples. Enter the Diagnostics menu,
and then touch Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality Test Pages.

If the scan defect is visible, identify, and then resolve the print quality defect. For more
information, see the “Fixing print quality issues” section.
2. Make sure that the following parts are clean:

◦ ADF glass
◦ Scanner glass
◦ ADF glass pad
◦ Scanner glass pad
◦ ADF glass pad in door C
◦ ADF glass in door C
For more information, see Cleaning the scanner on page 492.
3. Check the ADF glass on the scanner for cracks or damage.
4. Check in side the flatbed scanner for dust and contamination.
5. Identify which side of the paper the scan defect occurs. Perform a duplex copy job using the
ADF.

Note:
◦ If the scan defect occurs on the front side, then check the flatbed scanner for
damage and improper installation. For more information, see Flatbed scanner
removal on page 381.
◦ If the scan defect occurs on the back side, then check the ADF for damage
and improper installation. For more information, see ADF removal on page
400.

Spots using the flatbed scanner

1. Check if the scan defect is visible on the print quality samples. Enter the Diagnostics menu,
and then touch Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality Test Pages.

If the scan defect is visible, identify, and then resolve the print quality defect. For more
information, see the “Fixing print quality issues” section.
2. Make sure that the following parts are clean:

◦ Scanner glass
◦ Scanner glass pad
For more information, see Cleaning the scanner on page 492
3. Check the scanner glass pad for damage and improper installation. For more information,
see Scanner glass pad removal on page 396.
4. Check inside the flatbed scanner for dust and contamination.

72
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

5. Check the flatbed scanner for damage and improper installation. For more information, see
Flatbed scanner removal on page 381.

ADF skew
1. Check if the scan defect is visible on the print quality samples. Enter the Diagnostics menu,
and then touch Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality Test Pages.

If the scan defect is visible, identify, and then resolve the print quality defect. For more
information, see the “Fixing print quality issues” section.
2. Make sure that the printer is placed on a flat, sturdy, and stable surface.
3. Make sure that the document is properly loaded in the ADF tray.

Notes
The guides in the ADF tray must match the width of the document.

4. Make sure that the ADF paper path is free of debris and obstruction.
5. Make sure that the ADF top cover is properly closed.
6. Enable the ADF electronic deskew setting. From the home screen, touch Settings > Device
> Maintenance > Configuration Menu > Scanner Configuration > ADF Deskew > ADF
Electronic Deskew > On.
7. Check the ADF pick roller and separator roller for wear and damage. For more information,
see ADF rollers removal on page 392.

Paper damage using the ADF

1. Make sure that the document is properly loaded in the ADF tray.

Notes
The guides in the ADF tray should match the width of the document.

2. Make sure that the ADF paper path is free of debris and obstruction.
3. Make sure that the ADF top cover is properly closed.
4. Check the ADF pick roller and separator roller for wear and damage. For more information,
see ADF rollers removal on page 392.

Blank page copy

1. Check if the issue is a blank page print quality issue. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then
touch Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality Test Pages.

If the test page is blank, then resolve the print quality defect. For more information, see
Blank or white pages on page 53.
2. Make sure that the orientation of the document is correct.

73
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Note:
◦ When copying from the ADF, load the document faceup.
◦ When copying from the flatbed scanner, load the document facedown.

3. Make sure that the connections between the ADF and the controller board are properly
connected.
4. Make sure that the connections between the flatbed scanner and the controller board are
properly connected.
5. Check the ADF and its FFC for damage and improper Installation. For more information, see
ADF removal on page 400.
6. Check the flatbed scanner and its FFC for damage and improper Installation. For more
information, see Flatbed scanner removal on page 381.
7. Check the controller board for damage and improper installation. For more information, see
Controller board removal on page 372.

Solid black page copy

1. Check if the issue is a solid black page print quality issue. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and
then touch Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality Test Pages.

If the test page is solid black, then resolve the print quality defect. For more information, see
Solid color or black image on page 52.
2. Make sure that the following parts are clean:

◦ ADF glass pad

◦ Scanner glass pad
◦ ADF glass pad in door C
◦ ADF glass in door C
For more information, see Cleaning the scanner on page 492.
3. Make sure that the connections between the ADF and the controller board are properly
connected.
4. Make sure that the connections between the flatbed scanner and the controller board are
properly connected.
5. Check the ADF and its FFC for damage and improper Installation. For more information, see
ADF removal on page 400.
6. Check the flatbed scanner and its FFC for damage and improper Installation. For more
information, see Flatbed scanner removal on page 381.
7. Check the controller board for damage and improper installation. For more information, see
Controller board removal on page 372.

Paper jams
Avoiding jams
Load paper properly

• Make sure that the paper lies flat in the tray.

74
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Correct loading of paper Incorrect loading of paper

• Do not load or remove a tray while the printer is printing.

• Do not load too much paper. Make sure that the stack height is below the maximum paper fill
indicator.
• Do not slide paper into the tray. Load paper as shown in the illustration.

• Make sure that the paper guides are positioned correctly and are not pressing tightly against
the paper or envelopes.
• Push the tray firmly into the printer after loading paper.

Use recommended paper

• Use only recommended paper or specialty media.

75
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

• Do not load paper that is wrinkled, creased, damp, bent, or curled.

• Flex, fan, and align the paper edges before loading.

• Do not use paper that has been cut or trimmed by hand.

• Do not mix paper sizes, weights, or types in the same tray.
• Make sure that the paper size and type are set correctly on the computer or printer control
panel.
• Store paper according to manufacturer recommendations.

Identifying jam locations

Note:

• When Jam Assist is set to On, the printer flushes blank pages or pages with partial
prints after a jammed page has been cleared. Check your printed output for blank
pages.
• When Jam Recovery is set to On or Auto, the printer reprints jammed pages.

76
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Jam locations

1 Automatic document feeder

77
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Jam locations

2 Door A

3 Trays

4 Multipurpose feeder

5 Manual feeder

200 paper jams

200 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action

200.02 Paper fed from the MPF or See Sensor (input): Paper
manual feeder arrived at the arrived too early or failed to
sensor (input) earlier than arrive jam service check on
expected. page 83.

200.03 Paper fed from the MPF See .Sensor (input): Paper
was detected later than arrived too early from the
expected or was never MPF jam service check on
detected at the sensor page 81
(input).

200.04 Paper fed from the MPF See Sensor (input): Paper
cleared the sensor (input) cleared too early from the
earlier than expected. MPF jam service check on
page 81.

200.05 Paper fed from the MPF See .Sensor (input): Paper
never cleared the sensor failed to clear from the MPF
(input). jam service check on page
82

200.06 Paper fed from the MPF See .Sensor (input): Paper
was detected later than arrived too early from the
expected or was never MPF jam service check on
detected at the sensor page 81
(input).

200.12 Paper fed from tray 1 was See Sensor (input): Paper
detected earlier than arrived too early or failed to
expected at the sensor arrive jam service check on
(input). page 83.

200.13 Paper fed from tray 1 was See Sensor (input): Paper
detected later than arrived too early or failed to
expected or was never arrive jam service check on
detected at the sensor page 83.
(input).

78
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

200.14 Paper fed from tray 1 See .Sensor (input): Paper

cleared the sensor (input) cleared too early jam
earlier than expected. service check on page 83

200.15 Paper fed from tray 1 never See .Sensor (input): Paper
cleared the sensor (input). failed to clear jam service
check on page 83

200.16 Paper fed from tray 1 was See .Tray 1 pick error
picked but it never reached service check on page 81
the sensor (input).

200.22 Paper fed from tray 2 was See Sensor (input): Paper
detected earlier than arrived too early from
expected at the sensor optional tray jam service
(input). check on page 84.

200.23 Paper fed from tray 2 was See Sensor (input): Paper
detected later than failed to arrive from optional
expected or was never tray jam service check on
detected at the sensor page 84.
(input).

200.24 Paper fed from tray 2 See Sensor (input): Paper

cleared the sensor (input) cleared too early from
earlier than expected. optional tray jam service
check on page 85.

200.25 Paper fed from tray 2 never See Sensor (input): Paper
cleared the sensor (input). failed to clear from optional
tray jam service check on
page 85.

200.32 Paper fed from tray 3 was See Sensor (input): Paper
detected earlier than arrived too early from
expected at the sensor optional tray jam service
(input). check on page 84.

200.33 Paper fed from tray 3 was See Sensor (input): Paper
detected later than failed to arrive from optional
expected or was never tray jam service check on
detected at the sensor page 84.
(input).

200.34 Paper fed from tray 3 See Sensor (input): Paper

cleared the sensor (input) cleared too early from
earlier than expected. optional tray jam service
check on page 85.

200.35 Paper fed from tray 3 never See Sensor (input): Paper
cleared the sensor (input). failed to clear from optional
tray jam service check on
page 85.

79
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

200.42 Paper fed from tray 4 was See Sensor (input): Paper
detected earlier than arrived too early from
expected at the sensor optional tray jam service
(input). check on page 84.

200.43 Paper fed from tray 4 was See Sensor (input): Paper
never detected at the failed to arrive from optional
sensor (input). tray jam service check on
page 84.

200.44 Paper fed from tray 4 See Sensor (input): Paper

cleared the sensor (input) cleared too early from
earlier than expected. optional tray jam service
check on page 85.

200.45 Paper fed from tray 4 never See Sensor (input): Paper
cleared the sensor (input). failed to clear from optional
tray jam service check on
page 85.

200.91 Paper remains detected at See Sensor (input): Static

the sensor (input) after the jam service check on page
printer is turned on. 86.

200.95 An unexpected page See Sensor (input): Static

showed up when flushing jam service check on page
the paper path. 86.

200.99 The sensor (toner patch) See Toner patch sensing

detected a lack or an service check on page 68.
excess of toner patches on
the printed image.

Sensor (input): Tray 1 manual feeder jam service check

1. Make sure that the paper being used is supported and loaded properly in tray 1. For more
information, see Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper path is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using trays other than the manual feeder.
5. If the jam occurs only in the manual feeder, check the tray 1 and the manual feeder for
improper operation and damage.
6. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the paper source or even after restarting the
printer when the paper path is cleared, then do the following:

a. Check the sensor (duplex) actuator for damage and improper installation.
b. Make sure the sensor (duplex) actuator is functional, do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics and
adjustments > Sensor tests.
b. Select Sensor (duplex).
c. Make sure that the cables and connectors are properly connected.

80
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Tray 1 pick error service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
5. If the paper jam error occurs only when using tray 1, then do the following:

a. Check the pick roller for wear, damage, contamination, and improper installation.
b. Check the separator pad or separator roller for wear, damage, contamination, and
improper installation.
6. Check the pick arm and pick roller for damage and improper installation.

Sensor (input): Paper arrived too early from the MPF jam
service check

1. Set the paper size in the Paper menu to match the paper loaded. From the home screen,
touch Settings > Paper > Tray Configuration.
2. Adjust the paper guides in the tray to correct position for the paper loaded.

Make sure that the guides fit snugly against the paper.
3. Replace with correct paper type or size.
4. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
5. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
6. Perform a POR.
7. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other paper sources.
8. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the paper source or even after restarting the
printer when the paper path is cleared, then do the following:

a. Check the sensor (duplex) actuator for damage and improper installation.
b. Make sure the sensor (duplex) actuator is functional, do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics and
adjustments > Sensor tests.
b. Select Sensor (duplex).
c. Make sure that the cables and connectors are properly connected.

Sensor (input): Paper cleared too early from the MPF jam
service check

1. Set the paper size in the Paper menu to match the paper loaded. From the home screen,
touch Settings > Paper.
2. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
3. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
4. Perform a POR.
5. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
6. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Check the input sensor actuator for damage, and improper installation.
b. Make sure that the sensor (duplex and input) is functional. Do the following:

81
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics &
adjustments > Sensor tests.
b. Find the sensor (duplex and input).
c. Make sure that the connections between the sensor (duplex and input) and the
controller board are properly connected.
d. Check the sensor (duplex and input) for damage and improper installation. For more
information, see Sensor (duplex) removal on page 358.

Sensor (input): Paper failed to clear from the MPF jam service
check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
5. If the paper jam error occurs only when using the MPF, then do the following:

a. Check the MPF pick roller and separator roller for wear, damage, and contamination.
b. Make sure that the MPF solenoid is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics &
adjustments > Motors tests.
b. Select MPF pick.
c. Check the MPF gearbox for wear, damage, and improper mesh.
6. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Identify the location of the leading edge of the paper.

b. If the leading edge of the paper did not reach the fuser, then check the imaging unit
and transfer roller for damage and improper installation.
c. If the leading edge of the paper reached the fuser, then check the fuser for wear,
damage, and improper installation. Fore more information, see Fuser removal on page
316.

Sensor (input): Paper failed to arrive from the MPF jam service
check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
5. If the paper jam error occurs only when using the MPF, then do the following:

a. Check the MPF pick roller and separator roller for wear, damage, and contamination.
b. Make sure that the MPF solenoid is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics &
adjustments > Motors tests.
b. Select MPF pick.
c. Check the MPF gearbox for wear, damage, and improper mesh.
6. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Identify the location of the leading edge of the paper.

82
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

b. If the leading edge of the paper did not reach the fuser, then check the imaging unit
and transfer roller for damage and improper installation.
c. If the leading edge of the paper reached the fuser, then check the fuser for wear,
damage, and improper installation. Fore more information, see Fuser removal on page
316.

Sensor (input): Paper arrived too early or failed to arrive jam

service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.

Sensor (input): Paper cleared too early jam service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
5. Check the pick roller for wear, damage, contamination, and improper installation.
6. Make sure that the reverse solenoid is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics & adjustments >
Motors tests.
b. Select Redrive solenoid.
7. Check the reverse solenoid and its actuator for wear, damage, and improper operation.
8. Check the redrive for wear, damage, and improper mesh.

Sensor (input): Paper failed to clear jam service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
5. If the paper jam error occurs only when using tray 1, then do the following:

a. Check the pick roller for wear, damage, contamination, and improper installation.
b. Check the separator pad or separator roller for wear, damage, contamination, and
improper installation.
6. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Check the input sensor actuator for damage, and improper installation.
b. Make sure that the sensor (duplex and input) is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics &
adjustments > Sensor tests.
b. Find the sensor (duplex and input).
c. Make sure that the connections between the sensor (duplex and input) and the
controller board are properly connected.
d. Check the sensor (duplex and input) for damage and improper installation. For more
information, see Sensor (duplex) removal on page 358.

83
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

7. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Identify the location of the leading edge of the paper.

b. If the leading edge of the paper did not reach the fuser, then check the imaging unit
and transfer roller for damage and improper installation.
c. If the leading edge of the paper reached the fuser, then check the fuser for wear,
damage, and improper installation. Fore more information, see Fuser removal on page
316.

Sensor (input): Paper arrived too early from optional tray jam
service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
5. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Check the input sensor actuator for damage, and improper installation.
b. Make sure that the sensor (duplex and input) is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics &
adjustments > Sensor tests.
b. Find the sensor (duplex and input).
c. Make sure that the connections between the sensor (duplex and input) and the
controller board are properly connected.
d. Check the sensor (duplex and input) for damage and improper installation. For more
information, see Sensor (duplex) removal on page 358.
6. Check the pick arm and pick roller for damage and improper installation.

Sensor (input): Paper failed to arrive from optional tray jam

service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
5. If the paper jam error occurs when using optional trays (tray 2 to tray 4), then do the
following:

a. Check the pick roller for wear, damage, contamination, and improper installation.
b. Check the separator pad or separator roller for wear, damage, contamination, and
improper installation.
c. Check the paper path above the tray for debris and foreign object.
6. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Check the input sensor actuator for damage, and improper installation.
b. Make sure that the sensor (duplex and input) is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics &
adjustments > Sensor tests.
b. Find the sensor (duplex and input).

84
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

c. Make sure that the connections between the sensor (duplex and input) and the
controller board are properly connected.
d. Check the sensor (duplex and input) for damage and improper installation. For more
information, see Sensor (duplex) removal on page 358.
7. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Identify the location of the leading edge of the paper.

b. If the leading edge of the paper did not reach the fuser, then check the imaging unit
and transfer roller for damage and improper installation.
c. If the leading edge of the paper reached the fuser, then check the fuser for wear,
damage, and improper installation. Fore more information, see Fuser removal on page
316.

Sensor (input): Paper cleared too early from optional tray jam
service check

1. Set the paper size in the Paper menu to match the paper loaded. From the home screen,
touch Settings > Paper.
2. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
3. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
4. Perform a POR.
5. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
6. If the paper jam error occurs when using optional trays (tray 2 to tray 4), then do the
following:

a. Check the pick roller for wear, damage, contamination, and improper installation.
b. Check the separator pad or separator roller for wear, damage, contamination, and
improper installation.
c. Check the paper path above the tray for debris and foreign object.

Sensor (input): Paper failed to clear from optional tray jam

service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
5. If the paper jam error occurs when using optional trays (tray 2 to tray 4), then do the
following:

a. Check the pick roller for wear, damage, contamination, and improper installation.
b. Check the separator pad or separator roller for wear, damage, contamination, and
improper installation.
c. Check the paper path above the tray for debris and foreign object.
6. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Check the input sensor actuator for damage, and improper installation.
b. Make sure that the sensor (duplex and input) is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics &
adjustments > Sensor tests.
b. Find the sensor (duplex and input).

85
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

c. Make sure that the connections between the sensor (duplex and input) and the
controller board are properly connected.
d. Check the sensor (duplex and input) for damage and improper installation. For more
information, see Sensor (duplex) removal on page 358.
7. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Identify the location of the leading edge of the paper.

b. If the leading edge of the paper did not reach the fuser, then check the imaging unit
and transfer roller for damage and improper installation.
c. If the leading edge of the paper reached the fuser, then check the fuser for wear,
damage, and improper installation. Fore more information, see Fuser removal on page
316.

Sensor (input): Static jam service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
5. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Check the input sensor actuator for damage, and improper installation.
b. Make sure that the sensor (duplex and input) is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics &
adjustments > Sensor tests.
b. Find the sensor (duplex and input).
c. Make sure that the connections between the sensor (duplex and input) and the
controller board are properly connected.
d. Check the sensor (duplex and input) for damage and improper installation. For more
information, see Sensor (duplex) removal on page 358.

Recommended parts to replace

Customer replaceable unit

• 250‑sheet tray insert

◦ For the part number, go to Trays on page 524.

Field replaceable unit

• Sensor (duplex)

◦ For the part number, go to Cables on page 522.

◦ For the removal procedure, go to Sensor (duplex) removal on page 358.

86
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

202 paper jams

202 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action

202.03 Paper fed from the MPF See .Sensor (fuser exit):
never reached the sensor Paper failed to arrive from
(fuser exit). MPF jam service check on
page 88

202.04 Paper fed from the MPF or N/A

manual feeder cleared the
sensor (fuser exit) earlier
than expected.

202.05 Paper fed from the MPF See .Sensor (fuser exit):
never cleared the sensor Paper failed to clear jam
(fuser exit). service check on page 89

202.13 Paper fed from tray 1 never See .Sensor (fuser exit):
reached the sensor (fuser Paper failed to arrive jam
exit). service check on page 88

202.14 Paper fed from tray 1 N/A

cleared the sensor (fuser
exit) earlier than expected.

202.15 Paper fed from tray 1 never See .Sensor (fuser exit):
cleared the sensor (fuser Paper failed to clear jam
exit). service check on page 89

202.23 Paper fed from tray 2 never See .Sensor (fuser exit):
reached the sensor (fuser Paper failed to arrive from
exit). optional tray jam service
check on page 89

202.24 Paper fed from tray 2 N/A

cleared the sensor (fuser
exit) earlier than expected.

202.25 Paper fed from tray 2 never See .Sensor (fuser exit):
cleared the sensor (fuser Paper failed to clear from
exit). optional tray jam service
check on page 90

202.33 Paper fed from tray 3 never See .Sensor (fuser exit):
reached the sensor (fuser Paper failed to arrive from
exit). optional tray jam service
check on page 89

202.34 Paper fed from tray 3 N/A

cleared the sensor (fuser
exit) earlier than expected.

87
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

202.35 Paper fed from tray 3 never See .Sensor (fuser exit):
cleared the sensor (fuser Paper failed to clear from
exit). optional tray jam service
check on page 90

202.43 Paper fed from tray 4 never See .Sensor (fuser exit):
reached the sensor (fuser Paper failed to arrive from
exit). optional tray jam service
check on page 89

202.44 Paper fed from tray 4 N/A

cleared the sensor (fuser
exit) earlier than expected.

202.45 Paper fed from tray 4 never See .Sensor (fuser exit):
cleared the sensor (fuser Paper failed to clear from
exit). optional tray jam service
check on page 90

202.91 Paper remains detected at See Sensor (fuser exit):

the sensor (fuser exit) after Static jam service check on
the printer is turned on. page 91.

Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to arrive from MPF jam service
check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
5. If the paper jam error occurs only when using the MPF, then do the following:

a. Check the MPF pick roller and separator roller for wear, damage, and contamination.
b. Make sure that the MPF solenoid is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics &
adjustments > Motors tests.
b. Select MPF pick.
c. Check the MPF gearbox for wear, damage, and improper mesh.
6. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Identify the location of the leading edge of the paper.

b. If the leading edge of the paper did not reach the fuser, then check the imaging unit
and transfer roller for damage and improper installation.
c. If the leading edge of the paper reached the fuser, then check the fuser for wear,
damage, and improper installation. Fore more information, see Fuser removal on page
316.

Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to arrive jam service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.

88
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.

3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
5. If the paper jam error occurs only when using tray 1, then do the following:

a. Check the pick roller for wear, damage, contamination, and improper installation.
b. Check the separator pad or separator roller for wear, damage, contamination, and
improper installation.
6. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Identify the location of the leading edge of the paper.

b. If the leading edge of the paper did not reach the fuser, then check the imaging unit
and transfer roller for damage and improper installation.
c. If the leading edge of the paper reached the fuser, then check the fuser for wear,
damage, and improper installation. Fore more information, see Fuser removal on page
316.

Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to clear jam service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
5. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Make sure that the fuser is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics &
adjustments > Sensor tests.
b. Find the sensor (fuser).
b. Make sure that the connections between the fuser and the controller board are
properly connected.
c. Check the fuser for wear, damage, and improper installation. For more information,
see Fuser removal on page 316.
d. Check the fuser actuator for wear, damage, and improper installation.
e. Check the redrive for wear, damage, and improper mesh.

Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to arrive from optional tray jam
service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
5. If the paper jam error occurs when using optional trays (tray 2 to tray 4), then do the
following:

a. Check the pick roller for wear, damage, contamination, and improper installation.
b. Check the separator pad or separator roller for wear, damage, contamination, and
improper installation.
c. Check the paper path above the tray for debris and foreign object.
6. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Check the input sensor actuator for damage, and improper installation.

89
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

b. Make sure that the sensor (duplex and input) is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics &
adjustments > Sensor tests.
b. Find the sensor (duplex and input).
c. Make sure that the connections between the sensor (duplex and input) and the
controller board are properly connected.
d. Check the sensor (duplex and input) for damage and improper installation. For more
information, see Sensor (duplex) removal on page 358.
7. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Identify the location of the leading edge of the paper.

b. If the leading edge of the paper did not reach the fuser, then check the imaging unit
and transfer roller for damage and improper installation.
c. If the leading edge of the paper reached the fuser, then check the fuser for wear,
damage, and improper installation. Fore more information, see Fuser removal on page
316.

Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to clear from optional tray jam
service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
5. If the paper jam error occurs when using optional trays (tray 2 to tray 4), then do the
following:

a. Check the pick roller for wear, damage, contamination, and improper installation.
b. Check the separator pad or separator roller for wear, damage, contamination, and
improper installation.
c. Check the paper path above the tray for debris and foreign object.
6. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Check the input sensor actuator for damage, and improper installation.
b. Make sure that the sensor (duplex and input) is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics &
adjustments > Sensor tests.
b. Find the sensor (duplex and input).
c. Make sure that the connections between the sensor (duplex and input) and the
controller board are properly connected.
d. Check the sensor (duplex and input) for damage and improper installation. For more
information, see Sensor (duplex) removal on page 358.
7. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the source tray, then do the following:

a. Identify the location of the leading edge of the paper.

b. If the leading edge of the paper did not reach the fuser, then check the imaging unit
and transfer roller for damage and improper installation.
c. If the leading edge of the paper reached the fuser, then check the fuser for wear,
damage, and improper installation. Fore more information, see Fuser removal on page
316.

90
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Sensor (fuser exit): Static jam service check

1. Turn off the printer.

2. Check the optional tray for improper installation.
3. Remove the optional tray, and then check the connectors on the printer and optional tray for
damage and improper connection.
4. Reinstall the optional tray, and then turn on the printer.
5. Remove the tray insert.
6. Check the tray insert and its lift plate gears for damage and improper operation.
7. Make sure that the following motors are functional:

◦ Motor (pick (tray (x))

◦ Motor (pass‑through (tray(x))
Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Additional input tray diagnostics >
Motors tests.
b. Select Pick (tray [x]) and Pass‑through (tray [x]).
8. Make sure that the connections between the motors and the controller board are properly
connected.
9. Check the motors for damage, and improper installation.

231 paper jams

231 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action

231.03 Paper fed from the MPF or See Sensor (duplex

manual feeder did not reach staging): Paper failed to
the sensor (redrive/duplex clear service check on page
path 1) during a duplex print 92.
job.

231.05 Paper fed from the MPF or

manual feeder never
cleared the sensor (redrive/
duplex path 1) during a
duplex print job.

231.13 Paper fed from tray 1 did

not reach the sensor
(redrive/duplex path 1)
during a print job.

231.15 Paper fed from tray 1 never

cleared the sensor (redrive/
duplex path 1) during a
duplex print job.

91
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

231.23 Paper fed from tray 2 did

not reach the sensor
(redrive/duplex path 1)
during a print job.

231.25 Paper fed from tray 2 never

cleared the sensor (redrive/
duplex path 1) during a
duplex print job.

231.33 Paper fed from tray 3 did

not reach the sensor
(redrive/duplex path 1)
during a print job.

231.35 Paper fed from tray 3 never

cleared the sensor (redrive/
duplex path 1) during a
duplex print job.

231.43 Paper fed from tray 4 did

not reach the sensor
(redrive/duplex path 1)
during a print job.

231.45 Paper fed from tray 4 never

cleared the sensor (redrive/
duplex path 1) during a
duplex print job.

Sensor (duplex staging): Paper failed to clear service check

1. Make sure that the printer is on a flat, level surface. Uneven surface results in 231.xx jams.
2. Make sure that the paper size is supported for duplex printing.

Notes:
◦ Paper narrower than A4 (210 mm / 8.27 in.) and shorter than 250 mm / 9.84 in.
is not supported for duplex printing.
◦ Paper over 28-lb. bond (105 GSM) is not supported for duplex printing.

3. Check the tray insert for improper installation and damage.

4. Check the tray guides for improper operation and damage.
5. Make sure that the S1 flag on the tray rotates freely and returns to its original position.
6. If the paper jam error occurs regardless of the tray source or even after restarting the printer
when the paper path is cleared, then do the following:
a. Check the sensor (duplex) actuator for improper installation and damage.
b. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to Printer diagnostics and
adjustments › Sensor tests › Sensor(duplex).
c. Make sure that the cables and connectors are properly connected.
7. Check the duplex path area for jammed paper and obstructions.

92
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

8. Check the duplex assembly roller for debris, wear, damage, contamination, and improper
installation.
9. Check the duplex assembly linkage and belt for damage.

232 paper jams

232 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action

232.02 Paper fed from the MPF or N/A

manual feeder arrived at the
sensor (input) earlier than
expected during a duplex
print job.

232.03 Paper fed from the MPF See Sensor (input): Paper
was detected later than (duplex job) failed to arrive
expected or was never jam service check on page
detected at the sensor 95.
(input) during a duplex print
job.

232.05 Paper fed from the MPF See Sensor (input): Paper
never cleared the sensor (duplex job) failed to clear
(input) during a duplex print jam service check on page
job. 95.

232.12 Paper fed from tray 1 N/A

arrived at the sensor (input)
earlier than expected during
a duplex print job.

232.13 Paper fed from tray 1 was See Sensor (input): Paper
detected later than (duplex job) failed to arrive
expected or was never jam service check on page
detected at the sensor 95.
(input) during a duplex print
job.

232.15 Paper fed from tray 1 never See Sensor (input): Paper
cleared the sensor (input) (duplex job) failed to clear
during a duplex print job. jam service check on page
95.

232.22 Paper fed from tray 2 N/A

arrived at the sensor (input)
earlier than expected during
a duplex print job.

93
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

232.23 Paper fed from tray 2 was See Sensor (input): Paper
detected later than (duplex job) failed to arrive
expected or was never jam service check on page
detected at the sensor 95.
(input) during a duplex print
job.

232.25 Paper fed from tray 2 never See Sensor (input): Paper
cleared the sensor (input) (duplex job) failed to clear
during a duplex print job. jam service check on page
95.

232.32 Paper fed from tray 3 N/A

arrived at the sensor (input)
earlier than expected during
a duplex print job.

232.33 Paper fed from tray 3 never See Sensor (input): Paper
reached the sensor (input) (duplex job) failed to arrive
during a duplex print job. jam service check on page
95.

232.35 Paper fed from tray 3 never See Sensor (input): Paper
cleared the sensor (input) (duplex job) failed to clear
during a duplex print job. jam service check on page
95.

232.42 Paper fed from tray 4 N/A

arrived at the sensor (input)
earlier than expected during
a duplex print job.

232.43 Paper fed from tray 4 never See Sensor (input): Paper
reached the sensor (duplex job) failed to arrive
(pass‑through) during a jam service check on page
duplex print job. 95.

232.45 Paper fed from tray 4 never See Sensor (input): Paper
cleared the sensor (duplex job) failed to clear
(pass‑through) during a jam service check on page
duplex print job. 95.

232.92 Paper fed from tray 5 N/A

arrived at the sensor (input)
earlier than expected during
a duplex print job.

232.93 Paper fed from an unknown See Sensor (input): Paper

tray was detected later than (duplex job) failed to arrive
expected or was never jam service check on page
detected at the sensor 95.
(input) during a duplex print
job.

94
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

232.95 Paper fed from an unknown See Sensor (input): Paper

tray never cleared the (duplex job) failed to clear
sensor (input) during a jam service check on page
duplex print job. 95.

Sensor (input): Paper (duplex job) failed to arrive jam service

check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
5. Check the printed page count.

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer Setup.

b. If the page count is near 400K, then replace the duplex.
6. Check the duplex paper path for jammed paper, debris, and obstructions.
7. Check the duplex rollers for debris, wear, damage, contamination, and improper installation.
8. Check the duplex linkage and belt for damage and improper installation.

Sensor (input): Paper (duplex job) failed to clear jam service

check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
5. Check the printed page count.

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer Setup.

b. If the page count is near 400K, then replace the duplex.
6. Check the duplex paper path for jammed paper, debris, and obstructions.
7. Check the duplex rollers for debris, wear, damage, contamination, and improper installation.
8. Check the duplex linkage and belt for damage and improper installation.
9. Check the isolation roller for wear, damage, and contamination.

241 paper jams

241 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action

241.05 Paper fed from the manual See Motor (tray 1 pick) jam
feeder cleared the sensor service check on page 96.
(input) later than expected.

95
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

241.82 The motor (tray 1 pick) has See Motor (tray 1 pick) jam
stalled or did not reach the service check on page 96.
expected speed.

241.83 The motor (tray 1 pick) has See Motor (tray 1 pick) jam
stalled or did not reach the service check on page 96.
expected speed.

241.84 The motor (tray 1 pick) has See Motor (tray 1 pick) jam
stalled or did not reach the service check on page 96.
expected speed.

241.91 Paper remains detected at See Sensor (input): Static

the sensor (input) after the jam service check on page
printer is turned on. 86.

Motor (tray 1 pick) jam service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the paper is free of debris and obstructions.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Check if the paper jam error occurs when using other trays.
5. Check the pick arm and pick roller for damage and improper installation.

242–244 paper jams

242 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action

242.05 Paper fed from the MPF N/A

arrived at the sensor (input)
later than expected.

242.06 Paper fed from the MPF N/A

was not picked. The paper
did not reach the sensor
(tray 2 pass-through).

242.21 Paper fed from tray 2 See Optional tray sensors

remains detected at the jam service check on page
sensor (tray 2 104.
pass‑through) or at the
sensor (tray 2 trailing edge)
after the printer is turned
on.

96
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

242.22 Paper fed from tray 2 was See Optional tray sensors
detected at the sensor (tray jam service check on page
2 pass-through) or at the 104.
sensor (tray 2 trailing edge)
earlier than expected.

242.25 Paper fed from tray 2 See Optional tray sensors

cleared the sensor (tray 2 jam service check on page
pass-through) later than 104.
expected.

242.26 Paper fed from tray 2 was See Optional tray sensors
picked but it never reached jam service check on page
the sensor (input). 104.

242.31 Paper fed from tray 3 See Optional tray sensors

remains detected at the jam service check on page
sensor (tray 2 pass- 104.
through) or sensor (tray 2
trailing edge) after the
printer is turned on.

242.32 Paper fed from tray 3 See Optional tray sensors

arrived too early at the jam service check on page
sensor (tray 2 pass- 104.
through) or at the sensor
(tray 2 trailing edge).

242.33 Paper fed from tray 3 never See Optional tray sensors
reached the sensor (tray 2 jam service check on page
pass-through). 104.

242.35 Paper fed from tray 3 See Optional tray sensors

cleared the sensor (tray 2 jam service check on page
pass-through) later than 104.
expected.

242.36 Paper fed from tray 3 was See Optional tray sensors
picked but it did not reach jam service check on page
the sensor (tray 2 104.
pass‑through).

242.41 Paper fed from tray 4 See Optional tray sensors

remains detected at the jam service check on page
sensor (tray 2 pass- 104.
through) or sensor (tray 2
trailing edge) after the
printer is turned on.

242.42 Paper fed from tray 4 was See Optional tray sensors
detected at the sensor (tray jam service check on page
2 pass-through) or at the 104.
sensor (tray 2 trailing edge)
earlier than expected.

97
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

242.43 Paper fed from tray 4 never See Optional tray sensors
reached the sensor (tray 2 jam service check on page
pass-through). 104.

242.45 Paper fed from tray 4 See Optional tray sensors

cleared the sensor (tray 2 jam service check on page
pass-through) or sensor 104.
(tray 2 trailing edge) later
than expected.

242.47 Paper fed from tray 4 never See Optional tray sensors
cleared the sensor (tray 2 jam service check on page
pass-through). 104.

242.70 The motor (tray 2 transport) See Optional tray motors

does not turn on. jam service check on page
105.

242.71 The motor (tray 2 transport) See Optional tray motors

does not turn off. jam service check on page
105.

242.72 The motor (550‑sheet tray 2 See Optional tray motors

transport) speed did not jam service check on page
ramp up to expected level. 105.

242.73 The motor (550‑sheet tray 2 See Optional tray motors

transport) stalled. jam service check on page
105.

242.74 The motor (tray 2 transport) See Optional tray motors

ran too slow. jam service check on page
105.

242.75 The motor (tray 2 transport) See Optional tray motors

ran too fast. jam service check on page
105.

242.76 The motor (550‑sheet tray 2 See Optional tray motors

transport) ran too long. jam service check on page
105.

242.80 The motor (tray 2) did not See Optional tray motors
turn on jam service check on page
105.

242.81 The motor (tray 2) did not See Optional tray motors
turn off. jam service check on page
105.

242.82 The motor (tray 2) speed See Optional tray motors

did not ramp up to the jam service check on page
expected level. 105.

98
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

242.83 The motor (tray 2) has See Optional tray motors

stalled. jam service check on page
105.

242.84 The motor (tray 2) ran too See Optional tray motors
slow. jam service check on page
105.

242.85 The motor (tray 2) ran too See Optional tray motors
fast. jam service check on page
105.

242.86 The motor (tray 2) ran too See Optional tray motors
long. jam service check on page
105.

242.91 Paper remains detected at See Optional tray motors

the sensor (tray 2 pass- jam service check on page
through) after the printer is 105.
turned on.

242.92 Paper fed from an unknown See Optional tray motors

tray was detected at the jam service check on page
sensor (tray 2 pass- 105.
through) or at the sensor
(tray 2 trailing edge) earlier
than expected.

242.93 Paper fed from an unknown See Optional tray motors

tray never arrived at the jam service check on page
sensor (tray 2 pass- 105.
through).

242.95 Paper fed from an unknown See Optional tray motors

tray cleared the sensor (tray jam service check on page
2 pass-through) or sensor 105.
(tray 2 trailing edge) later
than expected.

242.96 Paper fed from an unknown See Optional tray motors

tray was picked but it never jam service check on page
arrived at the sensor (input). 105.

99
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

243 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action

243.31 Paper fed from tray 3 See Optional tray sensors

remains detected at the jam service check on page
sensor (tray 3 pass- 104.
through) or at the sensor
(tray 3 trailing edge) after
the printer is turned on.

243.32 Paper fed from tray 3 was See Optional tray sensors
detected at the sensor (tray jam service check on page
3 pass-through) or at the 104.
sensor (tray 3 trailing edge)
earlier than expected.

243.35 Paper fed from tray 3 See Optional tray sensors

cleared the sensor (tray 3 jam service check on page
pass‑through) later than 104.
expected.

243.36 Paper fed from tray 3 was See Optional tray sensors
picked but it never arrived jam service check on page
at the sensor (tray 2 104.
pass‑through).

243.41 Paper fed from tray 4 See Optional tray sensors

remains detected at the jam service check on page
sensor (tray 3 pass- 104.
through) or sensor (tray 3
trailing edge) after the
printer is turned on.

243.42 Paper fed from tray 4 was See Optional tray sensors
detected at the sensor (tray jam service check on page
3 pass-through) or at the 104.
sensor (tray 3 trailing edge)
earlier than expected.

243.43 Paper fed from tray 4 never See Optional tray sensors
reached the sensor (tray 3 jam service check on page
pass-through). 104.

243.45 Paper fed from tray 4 See Optional tray sensors

cleared the sensor (tray 3 jam service check on page
pass-through) or sensor 104.
(tray 3 trailing edge) later
than expected.

243.47 Paper fed from tray 4 never See Optional tray sensors
cleared the sensor (tray 3 jam service check on page
pass-through). 104.

100
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

243.70 The motor (550‑sheet tray 3 See Optional tray motors

transport) does not turn on. jam service check on page
105.

243.71 The motor (550‑sheet tray 3 See Optional tray motors

transport) does not turn off. jam service check on page
105.

243.72 The motor (550‑sheet tray 3 See Optional tray motors

transport) speed did not jam service check on page
ramp up to expected level. 105.

243.73 The motor (550‑sheet tray 3 See Optional tray motors

transport) has stalled. jam service check on page
105.

243.74 The motor (tray 3 transport) See Optional tray motors

ran too slow. jam service check on page
105.

243.75 The motor (tray 3 transport) See Optional tray motors

ran too fast. jam service check on page
105.

243.76 The motor (550‑sheet tray 3 See Optional tray motors

transport) ran too long. jam service check on page
105.

243.80 The motor (550‑sheet tray 3 See Optional tray motors

pick/lift) does not turn on. jam service check on page
105.

243.81 The motor (550‑sheet tray 3 See Optional tray motors

pick/lift) does not turn on. jam service check on page
105.

243.82 The motor (550‑sheet tray 3 See Optional tray motors

pick/lift) does not turn off. jam service check on page
105.

243.83 The motor (550‑sheet tray 3 See Optional tray motors

pick/lift) has stalled. jam service check on page
105.

243.84 The motor (550‑sheet tray 3 See Optional tray motors

pick/lift) ran too slow. jam service check on page
105.

242.85 The motor (550‑sheet tray 3 See Optional tray motors

pick/lift) ran too fast. jam service check on page
105.

242.86 The motor (550‑sheet tray 3 See Optional tray motors

pick/lift) ran too long. jam service check on page
105.

101
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

243.91 Paper remains detected at See Optional tray sensors

the sensor (tray 3 pass- jam service check on page
through) after the printer is 104.
turned on.

243.92 Paper fed from an unknown See Optional tray sensors

tray was detected earlier jam service check on page
than expected at the sensor 104.
(tray 3 pass‑through) or
sensor (tray 3 trailing edge).

243.93 Paper fed from an unknown See Optional tray sensors

tray never reached the jam service check on page
sensor (tray 2 pass- 104.
through).

243.95 Paper fed from an unknown See Optional tray sensors

tray cleared the sensor (tray jam service check on page
3 pass-through) or sensor 104.
(tray 3 trailing edge) later
than expected.

243.96 Paper fed from an unknown See Optional tray sensors

tray was picked but it never jam service check on page
reached the sensor (tray 3 104.
pass‑through).

243.97 Paper fed from an unknown See Optional tray sensors

tray never cleared the jam service check on page
sensor (tray 3 pass- 104.
through).

244 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action

244.41 Paper fed from tray 4 See Optional tray sensors

remains detected at the jam service check on page
sensor (tray 4 104.
pass‑through) or at the
sensor (tray 4 trailing edge)
after the printer is turned
on.

244.42 Paper fed from tray 4 was See Optional tray sensors
detected at the sensor (tray jam service check on page
4 pass-through) or at the 104.
sensor (tray 4 trailing edge)
earlier than expected.

102
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

244.45 Paper fed from tray 4 See Optional tray sensors

cleared the sensor (tray 4 jam service check on page
pass-through) or the sensor 104.
(tray 4 trailing edge) later
than expected.

244.46 Paper fed from tray 4 was See Optional tray sensors
picked but it never reached jam service check on page
the sensor (tray 4 trailing 104.
edge).

244.70 The motor (550‑sheet tray 4 See Optional tray motors

transport) does not turn on. jam service check on page
105.

244.71 The motor (550‑sheet tray 4 See Optional tray motors

transport) does not turn off. jam service check on page
105.

244.72 The motor (550‑sheet tray 4 See Optional tray motors

transport) speed did not jam service check on page
ramp up to expected level. 105.

244.73 The motor (550‑sheet tray 4 See Optional tray motors

transport) has stalled. jam service check on page
105.

244.74 The motor (550‑sheet tray 4 See Optional tray motors

transport) ran too slow. jam service check on page
105.

244.75 The motor (550‑sheet tray 4 See Optional tray motors

transport) ran too fast. jam service check on page
105.

244.76 The motor (550‑sheet tray 4 See Optional tray motors

transport) ran too long. jam service check on page
105.

244.80 The motor (550‑sheet tray 4 See Optional tray motors

pick/lift) does not turn on. jam service check on page
105.

244.81 The motor (550‑sheet tray 4 See Optional tray motors

pick/lift) does not turn off. jam service check on page
105.

244.82 The motor (550‑sheet tray 4 See Optional tray motors

pick/lift) speed did not ramp jam service check on page
up to expected level. 105.

244.83 The motor (550‑sheet tray 4 See Optional tray motors

pick/lift) has stalled. jam service check on page
105.

103
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

244.84 The motor (550‑sheet tray 4 See Optional tray motors

pick/lift) ran too slow. jam service check on page
105.

244.85 The motor (550‑sheet tray 4 See Optional tray motors

pick/lift) ran too fast. jam service check on page
105.

244.86 The motor (550‑sheet tray 4 See Optional tray motors

pick/lift) ran too long. jam service check on page
105.

244.91 Paper remains detected at See Optional tray sensors

the sensor (tray 4 pass- jam service check on page
through) or sensor (tray 4 104.
trailing edge) after the
printer is turned on.

244.92 Paper fed from an unknown See Optional tray sensors

tray was detected at the jam service check on page
sensor (tray 4 pass- 104.
through) or at the sensor
(tray 4 trailing edge) earlier
than expected.

244.93 Paper fed from tray 4 did See Optional tray sensors
not reach the sensor (tray 4 jam service check on page
pass-through). 104.

244.95 Paper fed from an unknown See Optional tray sensors

tray cleared the sensor (tray jam service check on page
4 pass-through) or the 104.
sensor (tray 4 trailing edge)
later than expected.

244.96 Paper fed from an unknown See Optional tray sensors

tray was picked but it did jam service check on page
not reach the sensor (tray 4 104.
pass‑through).

244.97 Paper fed from an unknown See Optional tray sensors

tray never cleared the jam service check on page
sensor (tray 4 104.
pass‑through) or at the
sensor (tray 4 trailing edge).

Optional tray sensors jam service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Perform a POR.
3. Identify the tray that causes the paper jam error. Place the affected tray insert at the bottom.
For example, If tray 2 is causing the paper jam error in a 4‑tray configuration, then swap tray
2 and tray 4.

104
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

4. Make sure the following sensors are functional:

◦ Sensor (pass‑through)
◦ Sensor (index)
◦ Sensor (trailing edge)
◦ Sensor (media present)
Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Additional input tray diagnostics >
Sensor tests.
b. Find the listed sensors.
5. Make sure that the connections between the listed sensors and the controller board are
properly connected.
6. Check the sensors and its actuators for damage and improper installation.
7. Check the tray insert for damage and improper installation.
8. Check the tray guides for damage and improper operation.
9. Check the lift plate for damage and improper operation.

Optional tray motors jam service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Perform a POR.
3. Identify the tray that causes the paper jam error. Place the affected tray insert at the bottom.
For example, If tray 2 is causing the paper jam error in a 4‑tray configuration, then swap tray
2 and tray 4.
4. Remove the tray insert.
5. Check the tray insert and its lift plate gears for damage and improper operation.
6. Make sure that the following motors are functional:

◦ Motor (pick (tray (x))

◦ Motor (pass‑through (tray(x))
Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Additional input tray diagnostics >
Motors tests.
b. Select Pick (tray [x]) and Pass‑through (tray [x]).
7. Make sure that the connections between the motors and the controller board are properly
connected.
8. Check the motors for damage, and improper installation.

280 paper jams

280 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action

280.06 Paper was not detected in See ADF paper undetected

the ADF tray during an ADF service check on page 106.
scan job.

105
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

280.11 Paper remains detected at See Sensor (ADF scan 1)

the sensor (ADF scan 1) jam service check on page
after the printer is turned 106.
on.

280.13 Paper was never detected See Sensor (ADF scan 1)

at the sensor (ADF scan 1). jam service check on page
106.

280.15 Paper never cleared the See Sensor (ADF scan 1)

sensor (ADF scan 1). jam service check on page
106.

280.91 Paper remains detected at See Sensor (ADF scan 1)

the sensor (ADF scan 1) jam service check on page
after the printer is turned 106.
on. The ADF maintenance
kit is beyond end‑of‑life.

280.93 Paper was never detected See Sensor (ADF scan 1)

at the sensor (ADF scan 1). jam service check on page
The ADF maintenance kit is 106.
beyond end‑of‑life.

280.95 Paper never cleared the See Sensor (ADF scan 1)

sensor (ADF scan 1). The jam service check on page
ADF maintenance kit is 106.
beyond end‑of‑life.

ADF paper undetected service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the sensor (ADF media present) is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Scanner diagnostics > Sensor tests.
b. Find the sensor (ADF media present).
3. Make sure that the connections between the sensor (ADF media present) and the controller
board are properly connected.
4. Check the sensor (ADF media present) and its actuator for damage and improper
installation.

Sensor (ADF scan 1) jam service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Check the ADF pick rollers and separator rollers for wear, damage, contamination, and
improper installation.
3. Check the ADF paper path for debris and foreign object.
4. Make sure that the ADF top cover and the ADF is properly closed.
5. Make sure that the sensor (ADF scan 1) is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Scanner diagnostics > Sensor tests.

106
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

b. Find the sensor (ADF scan 1).

6. Make sure that the connections between the sensor (ADF scan 1) and the controller board
are properly connected.
7. Check the sensor (ADF scan 1) and its actuator for damage and improper installation.
8. Make sure that the connections between the ADF and the controller board are properly
connected.
9. Check the ADF pick drive for improper operation.
10. Check the ADF pick drive rollers and gears for wear and damage. For more information, see
ADF top cover removal on page 403.

284 paper jams

284 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action

284.11 Paper remains detected at See Sensor (ADF scan 2)

the sensor (ADF scan 2) jam service check on page
during a duplex scan job. 107.

284.13 Paper did not reach the See Sensor (ADF scan 2)
sensor (ADF scan 2) during jam service check on page
a duplex scan job. 107.

284.15 Paper never cleared the See Sensor (ADF scan 2)

sensor (ADF scan 2) during jam service check on page
a duplex scan job. 107.

284.91 Paper remains detected at See Sensor (ADF scan 2)

the sensor (ADF scan 2) jam service check on page
during a duplex scan job.. 107.
The ADF maintenance kit is
beyond end‑of‑life.

284.93 Paper did not reach the See Sensor (ADF scan 2)
sensor (ADF scan 2) during jam service check on page
a duplex scan job. The ADF 107.
maintenance kit is beyond
end‑of‑life.

284.95 Paper never cleared the See Sensor (ADF scan 2)

sensor (ADF scan 2) during jam service check on page
a duplex scan job.. The 107.
ADF maintenance kit is
beyond end‑of‑life.

Sensor (ADF scan 2) jam service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Check the ADF pick rollers and separator rollers for wear, damage, contamination, and
improper installation.
3. Check the ADF paper path for debris and foreign object.

107
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

4. Make sure that the ADF top cover and the ADF is properly closed.
5. Make sure that the sensor (ADF scan 2) is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Scanner diagnostics > Sensor tests.
b. Find the sensor (ADF scan 2).
6. Make sure that the connections between the sensor (ADF scan 2) and the controller board
are properly connected.
7. Check the sensor (ADF scan 2) and its actuator for damage and improper installation.
8. Make sure that the connections between the ADF and the controller board are properly
connected.
9. Check the ADF pick drive for improper operation.
10. Check the ADF pick drive rollers and gears for wear and damage. For more information, see
ADF top cover removal on page 403.

29y paper jams

291‑295 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action

291.06 The scanner cover was See Sensor (ADF cover)

open before an ADF job. service check on page 108.

295.01 An imagepipe error See ADF imagepipe jam

occurred. Gap between service check on page 108.
scanned pages is too small.

Sensor (ADF cover) service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Make sure that the sensor (ADF cover) is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Scanner diagnostics > Sensor tests.
b. Find the sensor (ADF cover).
3. Make sure that the connections between the sensor (ADF cover) and the controller board
are properly connected.
4. Check the sensor (ADF cover) and its actuator for damage and improper installation.
5. Make sure that the connections between the ADF and the controller board are properly
connected.
6. Check the ADF top cover for foreign objects.
7. Check the ADF top cover for damage and improper installation.. For more information, see
ADF top cover removal on page 403.

ADF imagepipe jam service check

1. Make sure that paper is supported and loaded properly. See Avoiding jams on page 74.
2. Remove the jammed paper in the ADF.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Resent the copy job.

108
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Notes
While scanning multiple documents with different sizes using the ADF, set the Scan
Size option to Mixed or Auto‑size.

User attendance messages

0y user attendance errors

2‑9 user attendance messages

Error code Description Action

2.01 A supply is needed for a Select Cancel Job and

job. order the needed supply.

8.00 A door was detected as See Undetected door

open. service check on page 109.

8.01 Door A was detected as See Undetected door

open. service check on page 109.

8.02 Door B was detected as See Undetected door

open. service check on page 109.

8.03 ADF top cover was See ADF top cover open
detected as open. service check on page 110.

9.00 A problem caused the See Auto reboot error

printer to restart service check on page 110.
automatically.

Undetected door service check

1. Check the doors for the following:

◦ Obstructions
◦ Damage
◦ Improper operation
2. Close the doors properly.

Notes
Make sure that there is no gap between the door and the printer.

3. Make sure that the door links and hinges are properly interlocked and the sensor actuator is
not damaged.
4. Press the power button to turn off the printer, and then disconnect the power cord from the
electrical outlet.

109
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

5. Wait for 30 seconds to make sure that all electrical charges have dissipated from the printer.
6. Connect the power cord to the electrical outlet, and then press the power button to turn on
the printer.
7. Wait for the printer to completely boot up and initialize all its components before sending the
print job again.
8. Check the sensor (door interlock) actuator for damage and improper installation.
9. Make sure that the sensor (door interlock) is functional, do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics and adjustments >
Sensor tests.
b. Find the sensor (door interlock).
10. Make sure that the connections between the controller board and sensor (door interlock) are
properly connected.

ADF top cover open service check

1. Check the ADF doors for the following:

◦ Obstructions
◦ Damage
◦ Improper operation
2. Close the ADF doors properly.

Notes
Make sure that there is no gap between the door and the ADF.

3. Make sure that the ADF door links and hinges are properly interlocked and the sensor
actuator is not damaged.
4. Press the power button to turn off the printer, and then disconnect the power cord from the
electrical outlet.
5. Wait for 30 seconds to make sure that all electrical charges have dissipated from the printer.
6. Connect the power cord to the electrical outlet, and then press the power button to turn on
the printer.
7. Wait for the printer to completely boot up and initialize all its components before sending the
print job again.
8. Check the sensor (ADF top door interlock) actuator for damage and improper installation.
9. Make sure that the sensor (ADF top door interlock) is functional, do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Scanner diagnostics > Sensor tests.
b. Find the sensor (ADF top door interlock).
10. Make sure that the connections between the controller board and sensor (ADF top door
interlock) are properly connected.

Auto reboot error service check

1. Clear the intervention message, and then send the print job again.
2. Press the power button to turn off the printer, and then disconnect the power cord from the
electrical outlet.
3. Wait for at least 30 seconds to make sure that all electrical charges have dissipated from the
printer.
4. Connect the power cord to the electrical outlet, and then press the power button to turn on
the printer.

110
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

5. Wait for the printer to completely boot up and initialize all its components before sending the
print job again.

1y user attendance errors

11–12 user attendance messages

Error code Description Action

11.11 A wrong paper type or size See Mismatched paper size

was detected on tray 1. and paper printer setting
error service check on page
113.

11.12 A wrong paper type, size, or See Mismatched paper size

orientation was detected on and paper printer setting
tray 1. error service check on page
113.

11.21 A wrong paper type or size See Mismatched paper size

was detected on tray 2. and paper printer setting
error service check on page
113.

11.22 A wrong paper type, size, or See Mismatched paper size

orientation was detected on and paper printer setting
tray 2. error service check on page
113.

11.31 A wrong paper type or size See Mismatched paper size

was detected on tray 3. and paper printer setting
error service check on page
113.

11.32 A wrong paper type, size, or See Mismatched paper size

orientation was detected on and paper printer setting
tray 3. error service check on page
113.

11.41 A wrong paper type or size See Mismatched paper size

was detected on tray 4. and paper printer setting
error service check on page
113.

11.42 A wrong paper type, size, or See Mismatched paper size

orientation was detected on and paper printer setting
tray 4. error service check on page
113.

11.51 A wrong paper type or size See Mismatched paper size

was detected on tray 5. and paper printer setting
error service check on page
113.

111
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

11.52 A wrong paper type, size, or See Mismatched paper size

orientation was detected on and paper printer setting
tray 5. error service check on page
113.

11.71 An unsupported orientation See Mismatched paper size

was detected for an and paper printer setting
envelope loaded. error service check on page
113.

11.81 A wrong paper type or size See Mismatched paper size

was detected on the MPF. and paper printer setting
error service check on page
113.

11.82 A wrong paper type, size, or See Mismatched paper size

orientation was detected on and paper printer setting
the MPF. error service check on page
113.

11.91 A wrong paper type or size See Mismatched paper size

was detected on the MPF. and paper printer setting
error service check on page
113.

11.92 A wrong paper type, size, or See Mismatched paper size

orientation was detected on and paper printer setting
the MPF. error service check on page
113.

12.11 A wrong setting for paper See Mismatched paper size

type or size was detected and paper printer setting
on tray 1. error service check on page
113.

12.12 A wrong setting for paper See Mismatched paper size

type, size, or orientation and paper printer setting
was detected on tray 1. error service check on page
113.

12.21 A wrong setting for paper See Mismatched paper size

type or size was detected and paper printer setting
on tray 2. error service check on page
113.

12.22 A wrong setting for paper See Mismatched paper size

type, size, or orientation and paper printer setting
was detected on tray 2. error service check on page
113.

12.31 A wrong setting for paper See Mismatched paper size

type or size was detected and paper printer setting
on tray 3. error service check on page
113.

112
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

12.32 A wrong setting for paper See Mismatched paper size

type, size, or orientation and paper printer setting
was detected on tray 3. error service check on page
113.

12.41 A wrong setting for paper See Mismatched paper size

type or size was detected and paper printer setting
on tray 4. error service check on page
113.

12.42 A wrong setting for paper See Mismatched paper size

type, size, or orientation and paper printer setting
was detected on tray 4. error service check on page
113.

12.51 A wrong setting for paper See Mismatched paper size

type or size was detected and paper printer setting
on tray 5. error service check on page
113.

12.52 A wrong setting for paper See Mismatched paper size

type, size, or orientation and paper printer setting
was detected on tray 5. error service check on page
113.

12.81 A wrong setting for paper See Mismatched paper size

type or size was detected and paper printer setting
on the MPF. error service check on page
113.

12.82 A wrong setting for paper See Mismatched paper size

type, size, or orientation and paper printer setting
was detected on the MPF. error service check on page
113.

12.91 A wrong setting for paper See Mismatched paper size

type or size was detected and paper printer setting
on the MPF. error service check on page
113.

12.92 A wrong setting for paper See Mismatched paper size

type, size, or orientation and paper printer setting
was detected on the MPF. error service check on page
113.

Mismatched paper size and paper printer setting error service

check

1. Set the paper size in the Paper menu to match the paper loaded. From the control panel,
select Settings > Paper > Tray Configuration.
2. Adjust the paper guides in the tray to correct position for the paper loaded.

Make sure that the guides fit snugly against the paper.

113
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

3. Replace with the correct paper type or size.

2y user attendance errors

24‑29 user attendance messages

Error code Description Action

24.04 Printer tried to print a See Paper size mismatch

duplex job with paper that (duplex print) service check
was too narrow/short or too on page 114.
heavy.

29.00 Packing material present on See Removing the packing

supplies. material from the supplies
on page 114.

29.08 Packing material present on See Removing the packing

supplies. material from the supplies
on page 114.

Paper size mismatch (duplex print) service check

1. Make sure that the paper size is supported for duplex printing.

Note:
◦ Narrow or short paper may not be supported for duplex printing.
◦ Heavy paper may not be supported for duplex printing.

For more information, see the "Selecting paper" section.

Removing the packing material from the supplies

1. Make sure to remove all packing materials such as tape, foam, or plastic.
2. Check all areas of the printer for packing materials.
3. Remove all supplies, and then check for any packing material left.

114
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

3y user attendance errors

31 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action

31.00 An MICR print cartridge is See MICR supplies service

required. check on page 134.

31.35 Waste toner bottle smart See Waste toner bottle

chip or sensor error service check on page
communication problem. 134.

31.40 The toner cartridge is See Toner cartridge (K)

missing or unresponsive. error service check on page
134.

31.40A A black toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (K)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 134.
detected.

31.40AN A black toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (K)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 134.
detected.

31.40B A black toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (K)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 134.
detected.

31.40C A black toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (K)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 134.
detected.

31.40CN A black toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (K)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 134.
detected.

31.40D A black toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (K)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 134.
detected.

31.40E A black toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (K)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 134.
detected.

115
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

31.40F A black toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (K)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 134.
detected.

31.40FN A black toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (K)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 134.
detected.

31.40G A black toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (K)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 134.
detected.

31.40GN A black toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (K)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 134.
detected.

31.40H A black toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (K)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 134.
detected.

31.40K A black toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (K)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 134.
detected.

31.40R A black toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (K)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 134.
detected.

31.40Y A black toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (K)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 134.
detected.

31.41 A cyan toner cartridge smart See Toner cartridge (CMY)

chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.41A A cyan toner cartridge smart See Toner cartridge (CMY)

chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.41B A cyan toner cartridge smart See Toner cartridge (CMY)

chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

116
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

31.41C A cyan toner cartridge smart See Toner cartridge (CMY)

chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.41CN A non-Lexmark cyan toner See Toner cartridge (CMY)

cartridge was detected. error service check on page
135.

31.41D A cyan toner cartridge smart See Toner cartridge (CMY)

chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.41E A cyan toner cartridge smart See Toner cartridge (CMY)

chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.41F A cyan toner cartridge smart See Toner cartridge (CMY)

chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.41FN A non-Lexmark cyan toner See Toner cartridge (CMY)

cartridge was detected. error service check on page
135.

31.41G A cyan toner cartridge smart See Toner cartridge (CMY)

chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.41H A cyan toner cartridge smart See Toner cartridge (CMY)

chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.41K A cyan toner cartridge smart See Toner cartridge (CMY)

chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.42 A magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.42A A magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

117
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

31.42B A magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.42C A magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.42CN A non-Lexmark magenta See Toner cartridge (CMY)

toner cartridge was error service check on page
detected. 135.

31.42D A magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.42E A magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.42F A magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.42FN A non-Lexmark magenta See Toner cartridge (CMY)

toner cartridge was error service check on page
detected. 135.

31.42G A magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.42GN A non-Lexmark magenta See Toner cartridge (CMY)

toner cartridge was error service check on page
detected. 135.

31.42K A magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.43 A yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

118
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

31.43A A yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.43B A yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.43C A yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.43CN A non-Lexmark yellow toner See Toner cartridge (CMY)

cartridge was detected. error service check on page
135.

31.43D A yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.43E A yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.43F A yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.43FN A non-Lexmark yellow toner See Toner cartridge (CMY)

cartridge was detected. error service check on page
135.

31.43G A yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.43H A yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.43K A yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.60H The imaging unit is missing See Imaging unit (K) error
or unresponsive. service check on page 135.

119
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

31.60A A black imaging unit smart See Imaging unit (K) error
chip or sensor service check on page 135.
communication error was
detected.

31.60AN A non‑Lexmark black See Imaging unit (K) error

imaging unit was detected. service check on page 135.

31.60B A black imaging unit smart See Imaging unit (K) error
chip or sensor service check on page 135.
communication error was
detected.

31.60C A black imaging unit smart See Imaging unit (K) error
chip or sensor service check on page 135.
communication error was
detected.

31.60CN A non‑Lexmark black See Imaging unit (K) error

imaging unit was detected. service check on page 135.

31.60D A black imaging unit smart See Imaging unit (K) error
chip or sensor service check on page 135.
communication error was
detected.

31.60E A black imaging unit smart See Imaging unit (K) error
chip or sensor service check on page 135.
communication error was
detected.

31.60F A black imaging unit smart See Imaging unit (K) error
chip or sensor service check on page 135.
communication error was
detected.

31.60G A black imaging unit smart See Imaging unit (K) error
chip or sensor service check on page 135.
communication error was
detected.

31.60H A black imaging unit smart See Imaging unit (K) error
chip or sensor service check on page 135.
communication error was
detected.

31.65 A black and color imaging See Imaging unit (CMY)

kit smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.65A A black and color imaging See Imaging unit (CMY)

kit smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

120
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

31.65B A black and color imaging See Imaging unit (CMY)

kit smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.65C A black and color imaging See Imaging unit (CMY)

kit smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.65CN A non-Lexmark black and See Imaging unit (CMY)

color imaging kit was error service check on page
detected. 135.

31.65D A black and color imaging See Imaging unit (CMY)

kit smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.65E A black and color imaging See Imaging unit (CMY)

kit smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.65F A black and color imaging See Imaging unit (CMY)

kit smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.65G A black and color imaging See Imaging unit (CMY)

kit smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.65H A black and color imaging See Imaging unit (CMY)

kit smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.65T A black and color imaging See Imaging unit (CMY)

kit smart chip or sensor error service check on page
communication error was 135.
detected.

31.65TN A non-Lexmark black and See Imaging unit (CMY)

color imaging kit was error service check on page
detected. 135.

121
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

32 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action

32.40 The black toner cartridge is See Toner cartridge (K)

unsupported. error service check on page
134.

32.40A The black toner cartridge is See Toner cartridge (K)

unsupported—Unsupported error service check on page
memory map version in the 134.
smart chip.

32.40B The black toner cartridge is See Toner cartridge (K)

unsupported—Failed error service check on page
capacity class/model 134.
compatibility check.

32.40C The black toner cartridge is See Toner cartridge (K)

unsupported—Failed OEM error service check on page
check. 134.

122
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

32.40D The black toner cartridge is See Toner cartridge (K)

unsupported—Failed SWE error service check on page
marriage check. 134.

Notes
• A toner
cartridge that
ships with the
printer or
equipment
(SWE) cannot
be switched
with another
SWE toner
cartridge.
• Make sure to
replace the
SWE toner
cartridge only
when
prompted to
do so.
• Replace the
used SWE
toner
cartridge only
with a newly
ordered
aftermarket
toner
cartridge
compatible
with the
printer.

32.40E The black toner cartridge is See Toner cartridge (K)

unsupported—The supply is error service check on page
on the revoked list. 134.

32.40F The black toner cartridge is See Toner cartridge (K)

unsupported—The print error service check on page
cartridge is MICR, and the 134.
release does not support
MICR.

32.40G The black toner cartridge is See Toner cartridge (K)

unsupported. error service check on page
134.

123
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

32.40H The black toner cartridge is See Toner cartridge (K)

unsupported. error service check on page
134.

32.40I The black toner cartridge is See Toner cartridge (K)

unsupported. error service check on page
134.

32.40J The black toner cartridge is See Toner cartridge (K)

unsupported. error service check on page
134.

32.40K The black toner cartridge is See Toner cartridge (K)

unsupported. error service check on page
134.

32.40L The black toner cartridge is See Toner cartridge (K)

unsupported. error service check on page
134.

32.40M The black toner cartridge is See Toner cartridge (K)

unsupported. error service check on page
134.

32.41 Cyan toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.41A Cyan toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.41B Cyan toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.41C Cyan toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

124
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

32.41D Cyan toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

Notes
• A toner
cartridge that
ships with the
printer or
equipment
(SWE) cannot
be switched
with another
SWE toner
cartridge.
• Make sure to
replace the
SWE toner
cartridge only
when
prompted to
do so.
• Replace the
used SWE
toner
cartridge only
with a newly
ordered
aftermarket
toner
cartridge
compatible
with the
printer.

32.41E Cyan toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.41EN A non-Lexmark cyan toner See Toner cartridge (CMY)

cartridge was detected. error service check on page
135.

32.41G Cyan toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.41H Cyan toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

125
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

32.41I Cyan toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.41J Cyan toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.41K Cyan toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.41L Cyan toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.41M Cyan toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.42 Magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.42A Magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.42B Magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.42C Magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

126
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

32.42D Magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

Notes
• A toner
cartridge that
ships with the
printer or
equipment
(SWE) cannot
be switched
with another
SWE toner
cartridge.
• Make sure to
replace the
SWE toner
cartridge only
when
prompted to
do so.
• Replace the
used SWE
toner
cartridge only
with a newly
ordered
aftermarket
toner
cartridge
compatible
with the
printer.

32.42E Magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.42G Magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.42H Magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.42I Magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

127
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

32.42J Magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.42K Magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.42L Magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.42M Magenta toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.43 Yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.43A Yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.43B Yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.43C Yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

128
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

32.43D Yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

Notes
• A toner
cartridge that
ships with the
printer or
equipment
(SWE) cannot
be switched
with another
SWE toner
cartridge.
• Make sure to
replace the
SWE toner
cartridge only
when
prompted to
do so.
• Replace the
used SWE
toner
cartridge only
with a newly
ordered
aftermarket
toner
cartridge
compatible
with the
printer.

32.43E Yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.43G Yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.43H Yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.43I Yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

129
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

32.43J Yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.43K Yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.43L Yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.43M Yellow toner cartridge See Toner cartridge (CMY)

unsupported error. error service check on page
135.

32.65 Black and color imaging kit See Imaging unit (CMY)
or photoconductor unit error service check on page
unsupported error. 135.

32.65A Black and color imaging kit See Imaging unit (CMY)
or photoconductor unit error service check on page
unsupported error. 135.

32.65B Black and color imaging kit See Imaging unit (CMY)
or photoconductor unit error service check on page
unsupported error. 135.

32.65C Black and color imaging kit See Imaging unit (CMY)
or photoconductor unit error service check on page
unsupported error. 135.

130
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

32.65D Black and color imaging kit See Imaging unit (CMY)
or photoconductor unit error service check on page
unsupported error. 135.

Notes
• An imaging
kit that ships
with the
printer or
equipment
(SWE) cannot
be switched
with another
SWE imaging
kit.
• Make sure to
replace the
SWE imaging
kit only when
prompted to
do so.
• Replace the
used SWE
imaging kit
only with a
newly
ordered
aftermarket
imaging kit
compatible
with the
printer.

32.65E Black and color imaging kit See Imaging unit (CMY)
or photoconductor unit error service check on page
unsupported error. 135.

32.65F Black and color imaging kit See Imaging unit (CMY)
or photoconductor unit error service check on page
unsupported error. 135.

33–34 user attendance error messages

Notes
For more information, see Non‑Lexmark supply on page 137.

131
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

33.40 A non-Lexmark black toner See Toner cartridge (K)

cartridge was detected. error service check on page
134.

33.40A A non-Lexmark black toner See Toner cartridge (K)

cartridge was detected. error service check on page
134.

33.40AN A non-Lexmark black toner See Toner cartridge (K)

cartridge was detected. error service check on page
134.

33.40BN A non-Lexmark black toner See Toner cartridge (K)

cartridge was detected. error service check on page
134.

33.41 A non-Lexmark cyan toner See Toner cartridge (CMY)

cartridge was detected. error service check on page
135.

33.41AN A non-Lexmark cyan toner See Toner cartridge (CMY)

cartridge was detected. error service check on page
135.

33.41B An inauthentic cyan toner See Toner cartridge (CMY)

cartridge was detected. error service check on page
135.

33.41BN A non-Lexmark cyan toner See Toner cartridge (CMY)

cartridge was detected. error service check on page
135.

33.42 A non-Lexmark magenta See Toner cartridge (CMY)

toner cartridge was error service check on page
detected. 135.

33.42AN A non-Lexmark magenta See Toner cartridge (CMY)

toner cartridge was error service check on page
detected. 135.

33.43 A non-Lexmark yellow toner See Toner cartridge (CMY)

cartridge was detected. error service check on page
135.

33.43A An inauthentic yellow toner See Toner cartridge (CMY)

cartridge was detected. error service check on page
135.

33.43AN A non-Lexmark yellow toner See Toner cartridge (CMY)

cartridge was detected. error service check on page
135.

33.65 An inauthentic black and See Toner cartridge (CMY)

color (CMY) imaging unit or error service check on page
imaging kit was detected. 135.

132
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

33.65A An inauthentic black and See Toner cartridge (CMY)

color (CMY) imaging unit or error service check on page
imaging kit was detected. 135.

33.65AN A non-Lexmark black and See Toner cartridge (CMY)

color (CMY) imaging kit was error service check on page
detected. 135.

33.65B An inauthentic black and See Toner cartridge (CMY)

color (CMY) imaging unit or error service check on page
imaging kit was detected. 135.

33.65BN A non-Lexmark black and See Toner cartridge (CMY)

color (CMY) imaging kit was error service check on page
detected. 135.

34.04 The printer tried to do a See Narrow/short paper

duplex print job on a sheet duplex print error service
that was too short or too check on page 136.
narrow for the duplex path.

34.04A The printer tried to do a See Narrow/short paper

duplex print job on a sheet duplex print error service
that was too short or too check on page 136.
narrow for the duplex path.

37–39 user attendance messages

Error code Description Action

37.01 The memory is insufficient See Insufficient memory

to collate the job. service check on page 136.

37.03 The memory is insufficient See Insufficient memory

to collate the job. service check on page 136.

38.00 The scan job is too long. See Insufficient memory

service check on page 136.

38.01 The memory is full. See Insufficient memory

service check on page 136.

39.01 The page is too complex to See Insufficient memory

print. The printer memory is service check on page 136.
not enough for the details
on the page.

39.02 The page is too complex to See Insufficient memory

print. The printer memory is service check on page 136.
not enough for the details
on the page.

133
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

MICR supplies service check

1. Make sure that the toner cartridge and imaging unit are not damaged, not leaking, genuine,
and support MICR supplies.
2. Make sure that the imaging unit or imaging kit and the toner cartridge are free of toner
buildup. Using an approved toner vacuum cleaner, completely clean the supplies.
3. Press the power button to turn off the printer, and then disconnect the power cord from the
electrical outlet.
4. Wait for 30 seconds to make sure that all electrical charges have dissipated from the printer.
5. Connect the power cord to the electrical outlet, and then press the power button to turn on
the printer.
6. Wait for the printer to completely boot up and initialize all its components before sending the
print job again.

Waste toner bottle error service check

1. Make sure that the waste toner bottle is properly installed and not full.
2. Clean the sensor (waste toner bottle) with a cloth, and then print a test page.

Note: Sensor contamination can cause communication errors.

3. Clean the waste toner bottle contacts of any toner contamination.

4. Check the waste toner bottle contacts for damage.
5. Make sure that the connections between the controller board and the waste toner bottle are
properly connected.

Toner cartridge (K) error service check

1. Check if the printer is using a genuine and supported Lexmark toner cartridge.

Notes
If the printer is using a third‑party toner cartridge, then refer the users to the supplier.

2. Make sure that the printer model matches with the settings. Do the following:

a. From the home screen, navigate to Settings › Reports › Menu Settings Page
b. Compare the printer model with the model indicated in the Menu Settings Page.
3. Make sure that the cartridge region matches the printer region.
4. Make sure that the toner cartridge is not damage and not leaking.
5. Make sure that the toner cartridge is free of toner buildup. Using an approved toner vacuum
cleaner, completely clean the supplies.
6. When installing a genuine after market supply for the first time and a supplies message error
occurs, install the latest firmware version available for your printer.
7. Clean the toner cartridge contacts for any toner contamination.
8. Check the toner cartridge contacts for damage.
9. Make sure that the connections between the controller board and the toner cartridge are
properly connected.

134
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Toner cartridge (CMY) error service check

1. Check if the printer is using a genuine and supported Lexmark toner cartridge.

Notes
If the printer is using a third‑party toner cartridge, then refer the users to the supplier.

2. Make sure that the printer model matches with the settings. Do the following:

a. From the home screen, navigate to Settings › Reports › Menu Settings Page
b. Compare the printer model with the model indicated in the Menu Settings Page.
3. Make sure that the cartridge region matches the printer region.
4. Make sure that the toner cartridge is not damage and not leaking.
5. Make sure that the toner cartridge is free of toner buildup. Using an approved toner vacuum
cleaner, completely clean the supplies.
6. When installing a genuine after market supply for the first time and a supplies message error
occurs, install the latest firmware version available for your printer.
7. Clean the waste toner bottle contacts for any toner contamination.
8. Check the waste toner bottle contacts for damage.
9. Make sure that the connections between the controller board and the waste toner bottle are
properly connected.

Imaging unit (K) error service check

1. Check if the printer is using a genuine and supported Lexmark imaging unit or imaging kit.

Notes
If the printer is using a third‑party imaging unit or imaging kit, then refer the users to
the supplier.

2. Check the imaging unit or imaging kit for damage.

3. Make sure that the imaging unit or imaging kit is free of toner buildup. Using an approved
toner vacuum cleaner, completely clean the supplies.
4. When installing a genuine after market supply for the first time and a supplies message error
occurs, install the latest firmware version available for your printer.
5. Clean the toner cartridge contacts for any toner contamination.
6. Check the toner cartridge contacts for damage.
7. Make sure that the connections between the controller board and the toner cartridge are
properly connected.

Imaging unit (CMY) error service check

1. Check if the printer is using a genuine and supported Lexmark imaging unit or imaging kit.

135
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Notes
If the printer is using a third‑party imaging unit or imaging kit, then refer the users to
the supplier.

2. Check the imaging unit or imaging kit for damage.

3. Make sure that the imaging unit or imaging kit is free of toner buildup. Using an approved
toner vacuum cleaner, completely clean the supplies.
4. When installing a genuine after market supply for the first time and a supplies message error
occurs, install the latest firmware version available for your printer.
5. Clean the waste toner bottle contacts for any toner contamination.
6. Check the waste toner bottle contacts for damage.
7. Make sure that the connections between the controller board and the waste toner bottle are
properly connected.

Narrow/short paper duplex print error service check

1. Make sure that the printer is on a flat, level surface.

2. Make sure that the paper size is supported for duplex printing.

Note:
◦ Paper narrower than A4 (210 mm / 8.27 in.) and shorter than 250 mm / 9.84 in.
is not supported for duplex printing.
◦ Paper over 28‑lb bond. (105 GSM) is not supported for duplex printing.

3. Make sure that the connections between the controller board and sensor (door interlock) are
properly connected.

Insufficient memory service check

1. Erase the printer memory. Do the following:

a. Turn off the printer, and then disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet.
b. Wait for a few minutes, connect the power cord to the electrical outlet, and then turn on
the printer.
2. Reduce the complexity of the print job. Do any of the following:

◦ Lower the print quality.

◦ Reduce the number of pages being printed at once.
3. If the file format is causing the issue, then convert the file to a different format that is more
efficient in printing such as PDF.
4. Use a different driver, such as PostScript driver, to handle the print job more efficiently.

Some printer drivers may be more efficient at handling large or complex print jobs than
others.
5. Upgrade the printer memory by adding additional RAM or installing an ISD. For more
information, see Available internal options on page 538.

136
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Non‑Lexmark supply

The printer has detected a non‑Lexmark supply or part installed in the printer.

The Lexmark printer is designed to function best with genuine Lexmark supplies and parts.
Use of third-party supplies or parts may affect the performance, reliability, or life of the
printer and its imaging components.

All life indicators are designed to function with Lexmark supplies and parts and may deliver
unpredictable results if third-party supplies or parts are used. Imaging component usage
beyond the intended life may damage the Lexmark printer or associated components.

Warning—Potential Damage
Use of third-party supplies or parts can affect warranty coverage. Damage caused
by the use of third-party supplies or parts may not be covered by the warranty.

To accept any and all of these risks and to proceed with the use of non-genuine supplies
or parts in your printer, instruct the customer to touch and hold the error message on the
display using two fingers for 15 seconds. When a confirmation dialog box appears, touch
Continue.

If the customer does not want to accept these risks, then remove the third-party supply or
part from the printer and install a genuine Lexmark supply or part.

If the printer does not print after clearing the error message, then instruct the customer to
reset the supply usage counter.

Resetting the supply usage counter

1. From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Maintenance > Configuration Menu >
Supply Usage And Counters > Reset Maintenance Counter.
2. Touch Start.

Notes
If resetting the supply usage counter fails, then the customer should return the
supply item to the place of purchase.

4y user attendance errors

42 user attendance messages

Error code Description Action

42.01 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

137
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

42.02 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.03 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.04 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.05 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.09 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.10 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.10K The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.12 Printer region mismatch. See Mismatched supplies

service check on page 144.

42.12C Printer region mismatch. See Mismatched supplies

service check on page 144.

42.12K The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.12M Printer region mismatch. See Mismatched supplies

service check on page 144.

42.12Y Printer region mismatch. See Mismatched supplies

service check on page 144.

42.13 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.13C Printer region mismatch. See Mismatched supplies

service check on page 144.

42.13K The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

138
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

42.13M Printer region mismatch. See Mismatched supplies

service check on page 144.

42.13Y Printer region mismatch. See Mismatched supplies

service check on page 144.

42.14 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.14C Printer region mismatch. See Mismatched supplies

service check on page 144.

41.14K The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.14M Printer region mismatch. See Mismatched supplies

service check on page 144.

42.14Y Printer region mismatch. See Mismatched supplies

service check on page 144.

42.15 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.19 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.20 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.21 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.21C Printer region mismatch. See Mismatched supplies

service check on page 144.

42.21K The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.23 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.23C Printer region mismatch. See Mismatched supplies

service check on page 144.

139
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

42.23K The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.23M Printer region mismatch. See Mismatched supplies

service check on page 144.

42.23Y Printer region mismatch. See Mismatched supplies

service check on page 144.

42.24 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.25 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.25K The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

24.26K The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.29 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.30 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.31 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.32 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.34 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.34K The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.35 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

140
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

42.39 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.40 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.40K The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.41 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.41K The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.42 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.43 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.43C Printer region mismatch. See Mismatched supplies

service check on page 144.

42.43K The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.43M Printer region mismatch. See Mismatched supplies

service check on page 144.

42.43Y Printer region mismatch. See Mismatched supplies

service check on page 144.

42.45 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.46 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.46K The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

141
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

42.49 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.50 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.51 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.52 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.52K The black toner cartridge See Mismatched supplies

and printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.53 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.54 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.59 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.60 The toner cartridge and See Toner cartridge service

printer regions are check on page 145.
mismatched.

42.60K The toner cartridge and

printer regions are
mismatched.

42.61 The toner cartridge and

printer regions are
mismatched.

42.61K The toner cartridge and

printer regions are
mismatched.

42.62 The toner cartridge and

printer regions are
mismatched.

42.62K The toner cartridge and

printer regions are
mismatched.

142
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

42.63 The toner cartridge and

printer regions are
mismatched.

42.63K The toner cartridge and

printer regions are
mismatched.

42.64 The toner cartridge and

printer regions are
mismatched.

42.64K The toner cartridge and

printer regions are
mismatched.

42.90 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.91 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.92 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.93 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.94 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.94K The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

42.95 The toner cartridge and See Mismatched supplies

printer regions are service check on page 144.
mismatched.

43 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action

43.40 A toner cartridge sensor See Toner meter card error

error was detected. service check on page 145.

143
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

43.40Y A black toner cartridge toner See Toner meter card error
meter cycle error was service check on page 145.
detected.

43.40Z A black toner cartridge toner See Toner meter card error
meter cycle error was service check on page 145.
detected.

43.41 A cyan toner cartridge toner See Toner meter card error
mete cycle error was service check on page 145.
detected.

43.41Y A cyan toner cartridge toner See Toner meter card error
mete cycle error was service check on page 145.
detected.

43.41Z A cyan toner cartridge toner See Toner meter card error
mete cycle error was service check on page 145.
detected.

43.42 A magenta toner cartridge See Toner meter card error

toner meter cycle error was service check on page 145.
detected.

43.42Y A magenta toner cartridge See Toner meter card error

toner meter cycle error was service check on page 145.
detected.

43.42Z A magenta toner cartridge See Toner meter card error

toner meter cycle error was service check on page 145.
detected.

43.43 A yellow toner cartridge See Toner meter card error

toner meter cycle error was service check on page 145.
detected.

43.43Y A yellow toner cartridge See Toner meter card error

toner meter cycle error was service check on page 145.
detected.

43.43Z A yellow toner cartridge See Toner meter card error

toner meter cycle error was service check on page 145.
detected.

Mismatched supplies service check

1. Check if the printer is using a genuine and supported Lexmark toner cartridge.

Notes
If the printer is using a third‑party toner cartridge, then refer the users to the supplier.

144
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

2. Make sure that the cartridge region matches the printer region.
3. Make sure that the toner cartridge is not damage and not leaking.
4. Make sure that the toner cartridge is free of toner buildup. Using an approved toner vacuum
cleaner, completely clean the supplies.
5. When installing a genuine after market supply for the first time and a supplies message error
occurs, install the latest firmware version available for your printer.

Toner meter card error service check

1. Make sure that the toner meter card is properly installed.

2. Check the sensor (toner meter) for contamination.
3. Make sure that the printer is free of toner buildup. Using an approved toner vacuum cleaner,
completely clean the supplies.
4. Make sure that the sensor (toner meter) is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics and adjustments >
Sensor tests.
b. Find the sensor (toner meter).

Toner cartridge service check

1. Make sure that the imaging unit and toner cartridge are genuine Lexmark supplies.
Does the problem remain?

◦ Yes:
Go to the next step.
◦ No:
The problem is solved.
2. Perform the following tests:
a. Shake the toner cartridge.
b. Clean the toner cartridge smart chip contacts, and then check the contacts for
damage.
c. Clean the toner cartridge spring contacts, and then check the contacts for damage.
d. Perform a print test.
Does the problem remain?

◦ Yes:
Go to the next step.
◦ No:
The problem is solved.
3. Make sure that the toner cartridge is changed from shipped with equipment (SWE) toner to a
compatible toner.
Does the problem remain?

◦ Yes:
Go to the next step.
◦ No:

145
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

The problem is solved.

4. Reset the printer configuration. See Restoring the printer configuration on page 227.
Does the problem remain?

◦ Yes:
Contact the next level of support.
◦ No:
The problem is solved.

5y user attendance errors

55–59 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action

55.1 An unsupported USB Remove the flash drive to

device was detected. continue.

55.2 An unsupported USB hub Remove the USB hub to

was detected. continue.

58.00 Too many optional trays and Remove excess optional

finishers were detected. trays or finishers.

146
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

58.00A Too many optional trays

were detected. 1. Turn off the printer.
2. Unplug the power
cord from the
electrical outlet, and
then from the printer.
3. Remove one or more
trays.
4. Connect the power
cord to the electrical
outlet, and then turn
on the printer.

CAUTION
—
POTENTIAL
INJURY
To avoid
the risk of
fire or
electrical
shock,
connect
the power
cord to an
appropriately
rated and
properly
grounded
electrical
outlet that
is near the
product
and easily
accessible.

147
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

58.00B Too many optional trays

were detected. 1. Turn off the printer.
2. Unplug the power
cord from the
electrical outlet, and
then from the printer.
3. Remove one or more
trays.
4. Connect the power
cord to the electrical
outlet, and then turn
on the printer.

CAUTION
—
POTENTIAL
INJURY
To avoid
the risk of
fire or
electrical
shock,
connect
the power
cord to an
appropriately
rated and
properly
grounded
electrical
outlet that
is near the
product
and easily
accessible.

148
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

58.00C Too many optional trays

were detected. 1. Turn off the printer.
2. Unplug the power
cord from the
electrical outlet, and
then from the printer.
3. Remove one or more
trays.
4. Connect the power
cord to the electrical
outlet, and then turn
on the printer.

CAUTION
—
POTENTIAL
INJURY
To avoid
the risk of
fire or
electrical
shock,
connect
the power
cord to an
appropriately
rated and
properly
grounded
electrical
outlet that
is near the
product
and easily
accessible.

149
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

58.00D Too many optional trays

were detected. 1. Turn off the printer.
2. Unplug the power
cord from the
electrical outlet, and
then from the printer.
3. Remove one or more
trays.
4. Connect the power
cord to the electrical
outlet, and then turn
on the printer.

CAUTION
—
POTENTIAL
INJURY
To avoid
the risk of
fire or
electrical
shock,
connect
the power
cord to an
appropriately
rated and
properly
grounded
electrical
outlet that
is near the
product
and easily
accessible.

150
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

59.00 An unsupported option was

detected. The option 1. Turn off the printer.
software version is not 2. Unplug the power
supported by the engine. cord from the
electrical outlet, and
then from the printer.
3. Remove the indicated
tray.
4. Connect the power
cord to the electrical
outlet, and then turn
on the printer.

CAUTION
—
POTENTIAL
INJURY
To avoid
the risk of
fire or
electrical
shock,
connect
the power
cord to an
appropriately
rated and
properly
grounded
electrical
outlet that
is near the
product
and easily
accessible.

151
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

59.00C An unsupported option was

detected. 1. Turn off the printer.
2. Unplug the power
cord from the
electrical outlet, and
then from the printer.
3. Remove the indicated
tray.
4. Connect the power
cord to the electrical
outlet, and then turn
on the printer.

CAUTION
—
POTENTIAL
INJURY
To avoid
the risk of
fire or
electrical
shock,
connect
the power
cord to an
appropriately
rated and
properly
grounded
electrical
outlet that
is near the
product
and easily
accessible.

152
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

59.00D An unsupported option was

detected. 1. Turn off the printer.
2. Unplug the power
cord from the
electrical outlet, and
then from the printer.
3. Remove the indicated
tray.
4. Connect the power
cord to the electrical
outlet, and then turn
on the printer.

CAUTION
—
POTENTIAL
INJURY
To avoid
the risk of
fire or
electrical
shock,
connect
the power
cord to an
appropriately
rated and
properly
grounded
electrical
outlet that
is near the
product
and easily
accessible.

6y user attendance errors

61–66 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action

61.00 The hard disk is defective. Replace the defective

storage drive.

153
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

62.00 The hard disk is full. Try one or more of the

following:

• Select Continue to
clear the message.
• Delete fonts, macros,
and other data stored
in the intelligent
storage drive.
• Install an intelligent
storage drive.

63.00 The hard disk is not Formatting now wipes all

formatted. information from the storage
drive.

To format the disk, do the

following:

1. From the home

screen, select
Settings > Device >
Maintenance > Out
of Service Erase.
2. Select Sanitize all
information on hard
disk orErase
Intelligent Storage
Drive, and then
select ERASE.

64.00 The hard disk format is Remove the unsupported

unsupported. printer hard disk, and then
insert a supported one. For
more information, see
accessories.

66.00 The hard disk needs to be Formatting now wipes all

formatted. information from the storage
drive. To format the disk, do
the following:

1. From the home

screen, navigate to
Settings › Device › Maintenance › O
of Service Erase.
2. Select Sanitize all
information on hard
disk, and then select
ERASE.

154
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

7y user attendance errors

71–72 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action

71.01 The fax station name is not N/A

set up.

71.02 The fax station number is N/A

not set up.

71.03 The analog phone line is N/A

not found.

71.04 The analog phone line is Make sure to connect the

incorrectly connected. phone line to the correct
printer fax port.

Plug in the analog phone to

a fax line.

Make sure that a call can be

made as well as receiving a
call.

Reboot device.

155
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

71.05 An invalid FoIP license was Make that the FoIP license
detected. is valid and properly
installed on the printer.

Make sure that the FoIP

settings on the printer are
configured correctly. This
includes network settings,
server addresses,
authentication credentials.

Press the power button to

turn off the printer, and then
disconnect the power cord
from the electrical outlet.

Wait for 30 seconds to

make sure that all electrical
charges have dissipated
from the printer.

Connect the power cord to

the electrical outlet, and
then press the power button
to turn on the printer.

Wait for the printer to

completely boot up and
initialize all its components
before sending the fax job
again.

Make sure that the latest

firmware is installed.

71.06 The fax server is not found. N/A

71.07 The printer is not registered Register the printer to

to HTTPS Fax Server. HTTPS Fax server.

71.12 The printer cannot print N/A

faxes because the fax
memory is full.

71.13 The printer cannot send N/A

faxes because the fax
memory is full.

156
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

71.20 The fax partition is not Press the power button to

working. turn off the printer, and then
disconnect the power cord
from the electrical outlet.

Wait for 30 seconds to

make sure that all electrical
charges have dissipated
from the printer.

Connect the power cord to

the electrical outlet, and
then press the power button
to turn on the printer.

Wait for the printer to

completely boot up and
initialize all its components
before sending the fax job
again.

Make sure that the latest

firmware is installed.

72.01 The SMTP server is not set N/A

up.

72.02 The Web Link server is not Contact system

set up. administrator.

72.04 The Fax server to Format is Contact system

not set up. administrator.

8y user attendance errors

80 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action

80.11 The maintenance kit is low. Touch Continue to clear the

The backup roll or fuser message.
page count threshold has
been reached.

80.21 The maintenance kit is very Touch Continue to clear the

low. The backup roll or fuser message.
page count threshold has
been reached.

157
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

80.31 Replace the maintenance Replace the maintenance

kit. The backup roll or fuser kit and the reset counter.
page count threshold has
been reached. The fuser
may continue to function
beyond end of life.

80.41 The maintenance kit is Replace the maintenance

beyond end‑of‑life. kit and the reset counter.

82 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action

82.00 The waste toner bottle is Replace the waste toner

nearly low. bottle.

82.02 The waste toner bottle is Replace the waste toner

nearly low. bottle.

82.09 The waste toner bottle is Replace the waste toner

nearly low. bottle.

82.12 The waste toner bottle is Replace the waste toner

low. bottle.

82.13 The waste toner bottle is Replace the waste toner

low. bottle.

82.19 The waste toner bottle is Replace the waste toner

low. bottle.

82.20 The waste toner bottle is

very low.

82.22 The waste toner bottle is Replace the waste toner

low. bottle.

82.23 The waste toner bottle is Replace the waste toner

low. bottle.

82.29 The waste toner bottle is Replace the waste toner

low. bottle.

82.30 The waste toner bottle is Replace the waste toner

empty. bottle.

82.32 The waste toner bottle is Replace the waste toner

empty. bottle.

82.33 The waste toner bottle is Replace the waste toner

empty. bottle.

158
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

82.39 The waste toner bottle is Replace the waste toner

empty. bottle.

82.40 The waste toner bottle is at Replace the waste toner

end-of-life. bottle.

82.42 The waste toner bottle is at Replace the waste toner

end-of-life. bottle.

82.49 The waste toner bottle is at Replace the waste toner

end-of-life. bottle.

84 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action

84.00 Black and color imaging kits Touch Continue to clear the
are nearly low. message.

84.01 Black and color imaging kits Touch Continue to clear the
are nearly low. message.

84.09 Black and color imaging kits Touch Continue to clear the
are nearly low. The user- message.
selected EWS set point has
been reached.

84.11 Black and color imaging kits Touch Continue to clear the
ares low. message.

84.19 Black and color imaging kits Touch Continue to clear the
are low. The user-selected message.
EWS set point has been
reached.

84.21 Black and color imaging kits Touch Continue to clear the
are very low. message.

84.23 Black and color imaging kits Touch Continue to clear the
are very low. The side count message.
set point has been reached.

84.29 Black and color imaging kits Touch Continue to clear the
are very low. The user- message.
selected EWS set point has
been reached.

84.31 Black and color imaging kits Replace the black or color
have reached end‑of‑life. imaging kit.

84.33 Black and color imaging kits Replace the black or color
have reached end‑of‑life. imaging kit.

159
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

84.41 Black and color imaging kits Replace the black or color
have reached beyond imaging kit.
end‑of‑life.

84.43 Black and color imaging kits Replace the black or color
have reached beyond imaging kit.
end‑of‑life.

84.48 Black and color imaging kits Replace the black or color
have reached beyond imaging kit.
end‑of‑life.

86 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action

86.23 The ADF maintenance kit is Replace the ADF

near end‑of‑life. maintenance kit.

86.33 The ADF maintenance kit is Replace the ADF

at end‑of‑life maintenance kit.

88 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action

88.00 The color cartridge is nearly Touch Continue to clear the

low. message.

88.07 The color cartridge was Touch Continue to clear the

detected as empty. message.

88.08 A color cartridge quanta Touch Continue to clear the

error has occurred. message.

88.09 The color cartridge is nearly Touch Continue to clear the

low. The user‑selected message.
EWS set point has been
reached.

88.10 The color cartridge is low. Touch Continue to clear the

message.

88.17 The color cartridge was Touch Continue to clear the

detected as empty. message.

88.18 The color cartridge is low. Touch Continue to clear the

message.

160
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

88.19 The color cartridge is low. Touch Continue to clear the

The user‑selected EWS set message.
point has been reached.

88.20 The color cartridge is very Touch Continue to clear the

low. message.

88.27 The color cartridge was Touch Continue to clear the

detected as empty. message.

88.28 The color cartridge is very Touch Continue to clear the

low. message.

88.29 The color cartridge is very Touch Continue to clear the

low. The user‑selected message.
EWS set point has been
reached.

88.30 The color cartridge is at Replace the cartridge.

end‑of‑life.

88.37 The color cartridge is at Replace the cartridge.

end‑of‑life.

88.38 A color cartridge quanta Replace the cartridge.

error has occurred.

88.40 The color cartridge is Replace the cartridge.

beyond end‑of‑life.

88.47 Replace the cartridge.

88.48 Replace the cartridge.

Printer hardware errors

100 errors

100 error messages

Error code Description Action

100.01 The weather station data is See Weather station service

invalid. check on page 162.

100.04 The printhead temperature See Printhead error service

is out of range. check on page 163.

100.04D The printhead temperature See Printhead error service

is out of range. check on page 163.

161
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

100.25 The sensor (toner patch) See Toner patch sensing

temperature is out of range. service check on page 68.

Weather station service check

1. Make sure to observe the recommended operating environment. For more information see
Selecting a location for the printer on page 535.
2. Make sure that the Weather station is functional. Do the following:
a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to Printer diagnostics and
adjustment › Weather station.
b. Check if the temperature and humidity information is within the recommended
specifications.
c. Make sure that the connections between the weather station and the controller board
are connected properly.

110 errors

110 error messages

Error code Description Action

110.20 A printhead error (mirror See .Printhead error service

motor lock) was detected check on page 163
before the motor was turned
on.

110.21 A printhead power was off See .Printhead error service

when the laser servo check on page 163
started.

110.31 A printhead error (no first See .Printhead error service

HSYNC) was detected. check on page 163

110.32 A printhead error (lost See .Printhead error service

HSYNC) was detected. check on page 163

110.33 A printhead error (lost first See .Printhead error service

HSYNC) was detected check on page 163
during servo.

110.34 A printhead error (mirror See .Printhead error service

motor lost lock) was check on page 163
detected.

110.35 A printhead error (mirror See .Printhead error service

motor never got first lock) check on page 163
was detected.

162
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

110.36 A printhead error (mirror See .Printhead error service

motor never stabilized) was check on page 163
detected.

110.37 A printhead error See .Printhead error service

(undetermined printhead check on page 163
type) was detected.

110.41 A printhead NVRAM read See .Printhead error service

failure occurred. check on page 163

110.70 A printhead NVRAM values See .Printhead error service

are incorrect. check on page 163

110.92 A printhead NVRAM See .Printhead error service

checksum mismatch check on page 163
occurred.

Printhead error service check

1. Perform a POR.
2. Make sure that the connections between the controller board and the printhead are properly
connected.
3. Check the printhead for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see Printhead removal on page 379.

120 errors

120 error messages

Error code Description Action

120.80 The motor (fuser) does not See Motor (fuser) error
turn on. service check on page 164.

120.81 The motor (fuser) does not See Motor (fuser) error
turn off. service check on page 164.

120.82 The motor (fuser) failed to See Motor (fuser) error

achieve the expected service check on page 164.
speed.

120.83 The motor (fuser) stalled. See Motor (fuser) error

service check on page 164.

120.84 The motor (fuser) is ran too See Motor (fuser) error
slow (under‑speeding). service check on page 164.

120.85 The motor (fuser) is ran too See Motor (fuser) error
fast (overspeeding). service check on page 164.

163
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

120.86 The motor (fuser) ran too See Motor (fuser) error
long. service check on page 164.

Motor (fuser) error service check

1. Perform a POR.
2. Make sure that the motor (fuser) is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics & adjustments >
Motor tests.
b. Select Motor (fuser).
3. Make sure that the connections between the motor (main) and the controller board are
properly connected.
4. Check the motor (fuser) for wear, damage, and improper mesh connection. For more
information, see Motor (fuser drive) removal on page 275.
5. Make sure that the correct voltage is supplied to the fuser from the power supply.
6. Make sure that the connections between the controller board and the fuser are properly
connected.
7. Check the fuser for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more information,
see Fuser removal on page 316.

121 errors

121 error messages

Error code Description Action

121.00 The fuser did not reach the See Fuser error service
required temperature. check on page 166.

121.01 During an attempt to heat See Fuser error service

up, the fuser was not check on page 166.
detected.

121.02 The fuser went over the See Fuser error service
required temperature check on page 166.
(during EWC/line voltage
detection).

121.03 The fuser hardware and See Fuser error service

driver mismatch. check on page 166.

121.04 Attempting to heat the fuser See Fuser error service

but the fuser relay is open. check on page 166.
and The fuser PIC
microcontroller is not
reporting an error or is not
responding.

164
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

121.05 Attempting to heat the fuser See Fuser error service

but the fuser relay is open, check on page 166.
and the fuser PIC
microcontroller is reporting
an error condition.

121.09 The fuser fell below the See Fuser error service
minimum required check on page 166.
temperature for motors.

121.10 The fuser did not reach the See Fuser error service
required temperature check on page 166.
(during start of EWC/line
voltage detection).

121.11 The fuser reached the See Fuser error service

required temperature too check on page 166.
late (during final EWC/line
voltage detection).

121.12 The fuser did not reach the See .Fuser error service
required temperature check on page 166
(during final EWC/line
voltage detection).

121.13 The fuser reached the See Fuser error service

required temperature too check on page 166.
fast (during final EWC/line
voltage detection).

121.22 Open fuser relay was See Fuser error service

detected. check on page 166.

121.32 The fuser did not reach the See Fuser error service
required temperature at check on page 166.
100% power.

121.33 The fuser did not reach the See Fuser error service
required temperature while check on page 166.
thepage is in the fuser.

121.34 The fuser did not reach the See Fuser error service
required temperature during check on page 166.
steady state control.

121.36 An open fuser relay was See Fuser error service

detected with very cold, or check on page 166.
unknown ambient
temperature.

121.50 The fuser went over the See Fuser error service
required temperature during check on page 166.
global over‑temp check.

165
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

121.52 The main thermistor See Fuser error service

temperature is out of range. check on page 166.

121.53 The main thermistor See Fuser error service

temperature change rate is check on page 166.
out of range.

121.71 The fuser main heater See Fuser error service

thermistor was detected check on page 166.
open.

121.81 The fuser backup roll See Fuser error service

thermistor was detected check on page 166.
open.

121.86 Backup thermistor See Fuser error service

temperature is out of range. check on page 166.

121.87 Backup thermistor See Fuser error service

temperature change rate is check on page 166.
out of range.

Fuser error service check

1. Make sure that the printer is placed in a location with the following temperature and humidity:

◦ 60°F to 90°F temperature range

◦ 8% to 80% relative humidity
2. If the printer needs to be placed in a below freezing environment, then do the following:

a. Remove the fuser, and then allow it to slowly warm above freezing temperature.
b. Reinstall the fuser, and then turn on the printer.
c. Disable the Sleep mode setting. From the home screen, touch Settings > Device >
Power Management > Timeouts > Sleep Mode.
3. Make sure that the printer is plugged into an appropriately rated and properly grounded
electrical outlet.
4. Perform a POR.
5. Make sure that the cooling fan is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics & adjustments >
Motors tests.
b. Select Fan (main).
6. Make sure that the connections between the cooling fan and the controller boar dare
properly connected.
7. Check the cooling fan for damage, contamination, and improper installation.
8. Make sure that the correct voltage is supplied to the fuser from the power supply.
9. Make sure that the connections between the controller board and the fuser are properly
connected.
10. Check the fuser for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more information,
see Fuser removal on page 316.

166
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

126 errors

126 error messages

Error code Description Action

126.01 Line frequency has gone See LVPS error service

outside the operating range. check on page 167.

126.05 The LVPS power dropped See LVPS error service

but the printer was not in check on page 167.
sleep mode.

126.06 LVPS 25 V line error was See LVPS error service

detected. check on page 167.

126.07 LVPS 5 V rail was down See LVPS error service

during power‑on. check on page 167.

126.10 No line frequency was See LVPS error service

detected. check on page 167.

126.11 Line frequency has See LVPS error service

exceeded the operating check on page 167.
range.

126.12 LVPS mismatch was See LVPS error service

detected. check on page 167.

126.13 LVPS mismatch was See LVPS error service

detected. check on page 167.

126.14 LVPS relay is stuck or See LVPS error service

closed. check on page 167.

LVPS error service check

1. Make sure that the printer is plugged into an appropriately rated and properly grounded
electrical outlet..
2. Perform a POR.
3. Make sure that the connections between the controller board and the LVPS are properly
connected.
4. Make sure that the printer is plugged into an outlet.
5. Make sure that voltage output of the electrical outlet matches the voltage rating of the printer.

Notes
A poor power source may trigger a false fuser error.

167
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

142 errors

142 error messages

Error code Description Action

142.80 The motor (CMY) does not See Motor (CMY) drive
turn on. failure service check on
page 168.

142.81 The motor (CMY) does not See Motor (CMY) drive
turn off. failure service check on
page 168.

142.82 The motor (CMY) failed to See Motor (CMY) drive

achieve the expected failure service check on
speed. page 168.

142.83 The motor (CMY) stalled. See Motor (CMY) drive

failure service check on
page 168.

142.84 The motor (CMY) is running See Motor (CMY) drive

too slow (under‑speeding). failure service check on
page 168.

142.85 The motor (CMY) is running See Motor (CMY) drive

too fast (overspeeding). failure service check on
page 168.

142.86 The motor (CMY) ran too See Motor (CMY) drive
long. failure service check on
page 168.

Motor (CMY) drive failure service check

1. Perform a POR.
2. Make sure that the motor (CMY developer) is functional. Do the following:

a. Remove the imaging kit.

b. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics & adjustments >
Motor tests.
c. Select Motor (CMY developer).
3. Make sure that the connections between the motor (CMY developer) and the controller
board are properly connected.
4. Check the EP drive for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see EP drive removal on page 262.
5. Check the transfer rollers and belt for contamination, wear, damage, and improper
installation.
6. Check the transfer module for improper operation. Manually turn the gear, and then make
sure it is not stuck.

168
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

151 errors

151 error messages

Error code Description Action

151.80 The motor (K) does not turn See Motor (black) drive
on. failure service check on
page 169.

151.81 The motor (K) does not turn See Motor (black) drive
off. failure service check on
page 169.

151.82 The motor (K) failed to See Motor (black) drive

achieve the expected failure service check on
speed. page 169.

151.83 The motor (K) stalled. See Motor (black) drive

failure service check on
page 169.

151.84 The motor (K) is running too See Motor (black) drive
slow (under‑speeding). failure service check on
page 169.

151.85 The motor (K) is running too See Motor (black) drive
fast (overspeeding). failure service check on
page 169.

151.86 The motor (K) ran too long. See Motor (black) drive
failure service check on
page 169.

Motor (black) drive failure service check

1. Perform a POR.
2. Make sure that the motor (K developer‑transfer) is functional. Do the following:

a. Remove the imaging kit.

b. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics & adjustments >
Motor tests.
c. Select Motor (K developer‑transfer).
3. Make sure that the connections between the motor (K developer‑transfer) and the controller
board are properly connected.
4. Check the EP drive for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see EP drive removal on page 262.
5. Check the transfer rollers and belt for contamination, wear, damage, and improper
installation.
6. Check the transfer module for improper operation. Manually turn the gear, and then make
sure it is not stuck.

169
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

16y errors

161 error messages

Error code Description Action

161.80 The motor (tray 1 pick/lift) See Motor (tray 1 pick)

does not turn on. lifting error service check on
page 174.

161.81 The motor (tray 1 pick/lift) See Motor (tray 1 pick)

does not turn off. lifting error service check on
page 174.

161.82 The motor (tray 1 pick/lift) See Motor (tray 1 pick)

speed did not ramp up to lifting error service check on
the required level. page 174.

161.83 The motor (tray 1 pick/lift) See Motor (tray 1 pick)

stalled. lifting error service check on
page 174.

161.84 The motor (tray 1 pick/lift) See Motor (tray 1 pick)

ran too slow. lifting error service check on
page 174.

161.85 The motor (tray 1 pick/lift) See Motor (tray 1 pick)

ran too fast. lifting error service check on
page 174.

161.86 The motor (tray 1 pick/lift) See Motor (tray 1 pick)

ran too long. lifting error service check on
page 174.

162‑164 error messages

Error code Description Action

162.80 The motor (tray 2 pick) does See Optional tray pick drive
not turn on. error service check on page
174.

162.81 The motor (tray 2 pick) does See Optional tray pick drive
not turn off. error service check on page
174.

162.82 The motor (tray 2 pick) See Optional tray pick drive
speed did not ramp up to error service check on page
the required level. 174.

170
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

162.83 The motor (tray 2 pick) See Optional tray pick drive
stalled. error service check on page
174.

162.84 The motor (tray 2 pick) ran See Optional tray pick drive
too slow. error service check on page
174.

162.85 The motor (tray 2 pick) ran See Optional tray pick drive
too fast. error service check on page
174.

162.86 The motor (tray 2 pick) ran See Optional tray pick drive
too long. error service check on page
174.

163.80 The motor (tray 3 pick) does See Optional tray motor
not turn on. error service check on page
174.

163.81 The motor (tray 3 pick) does See Optional tray motor
not turn off. error service check on page
174.

163.82 The motor (tray 3 pick) See Optional tray motor

speed did not ramp up to error service check on page
the required level. 174.

163.83 The motor (tray 3 pick) See Optional tray motor

stalled. error service check on page
174.

163.84 The motor (tray 3 pick) ran See Optional tray motor
too slow. error service check on page
174.

163.85 The motor (tray 3 pick) ran See Optional tray motor
too fast. error service check on page
174.

163.86 The motor (tray 3 pick) ran See Optional tray motor
too long. error service check on page
174.

164.80 The motor (tray 4 pick) does See Optional tray motor
not turn on. error service check on page
174.

164.81 The motor (tray 4 pick) does See Optional tray motor
not turn off. error service check on page
174.

164.82 The motor (tray 4 pick) See Optional tray motor

speed did not ramp up to error service check on page
the required level. 174.

171
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

164.83 The motor (tray 4 pick) See Optional tray motor

stalled. error service check on page
174.

164.84 The motor (tray 4 pick) ran See Optional tray motor
too slow. error service check on page
174.

164.85 The motor (tray 4 pick) ran See Optional tray motor
too fast. error service check on page
174.

164.86 The motor (tray 4 pick) ran See Optional tray motor
too long. error service check on page
174.

166‑168 error messages

Error code Description Action

166.80 The motor (tray 2 transport) See Optional tray motor

does not turn on. error service check on page
174.

166.81 The motor (tray 2 transport) See Optional tray motor

does not turn off. error service check on page
174.

166.82 The motor (tray 2 transport) See Optional tray motor

speed did not ramp up to error service check on page
the required level. 174.

166.83 The motor (tray 2 transport) See Optional tray motor

stalled. error service check on page
174.

166.84 The motor (tray 2 transport) See Optional tray motor

ran too slow. error service check on page
174.

166.85 The motor (tray 2 transport) See Optional tray motor

ran too fast. error service check on page
174.

166.86 The motor (tray 2 transport) See Optional tray motor

ran too long. error service check on page
174.

167.80 The motor (tray 3 transport) See Optional tray motor

does not turn on. error service check on page
174.

172
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

167.81 The motor (tray 3 transport) See Optional tray motor

does not turn off. error service check on page
174.

167.82 The motor (tray 3 transport) See Optional tray motor

speed did not ramp up to error service check on page
the required level. 174.

167.83 The motor (tray 3 transport) See Optional tray motor

stalled. error service check on page
174.

167.84 The motor (tray 3 transport) See Optional tray motor

ran too slow. error service check on page
174.

167.85 The motor (tray 3 transport) See Optional tray motor

ran too fast. error service check on page
174.

167.86 The motor (tray 3 transport) See Optional tray motor

ran too long. error service check on page
174.

168.80 The motor (tray 4 transport) See Optional tray motor

does not turn on. error service check on page
174.

168.81 The motor (tray 4 transport) See Optional tray motor

does not turn off. error service check on page
174.

168.82 The motor (tray 4 transport) See Optional tray motor

speed did not ramp up to error service check on page
the required level. 174.

168.83 The motor (tray 4 transport) See Optional tray motor

stalled. error service check on page
174.

168.84 The motor (tray 4 transport) See Optional tray motor

ran too slow. error service check on page
174.

168.85 The motor (tray 4 transport) See Optional tray motor

ran too fast. error service check on page
174.

168.86 The motor (tray 4 transport) See Optional tray motor

ran too long. error service check on page
174.

173
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Motor (tray 1 pick) lifting error service check

1. Check the tray insert (non-lift) for damage and improper installation.
2. Check the tray guides for improper operation and damage.
3. Perform a POR.
4. Make sure that the motor (tray 1 pick) is functional. Do the following:

a. Remove the imaging kit.

b. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics & adjustments >
Motor tests.
c. Select Motor (tray 1 pick).
5. Make sure that the connections between the motor (tray 1 pick) and the controller board are
properly connected.
6. Check the media feeder for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more
information, see .Tray 1 media feeder removal on page 367

Optional tray motor error service check

1. Make sure that the printer is placed in a location with the recommend airflow, ventilation, and
clearance around the printer. For more information, see Selecting a location for the printer on
page 535.
2. Make sure that the cooling fan is functional. Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics & adjustments >
Motors tests.
b. Select Fan (main).
3. Make sure that the connections between the cooling fan and the controller boar dare
properly connected.
4. Check the cooling fan for damage, contamination, and improper installation.

Optional tray pick drive error service check

1. Turn off the printer.

2. Check the optional tray for improper installation.
3. Remove the optional tray, and then check the connectors on the printer and optional tray for
damage and improper connection.
4. Reinstall the optional tray, and then turn on the printer.
5. Remove the tray insert.
6. Check the tray insert and its lift plate gears for damage and improper operation.
7. Make sure that the following motors are functional:

◦ Motor (pick (tray (x))

◦ Motor (pass‑through (tray(x))
Do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Additional input tray diagnostics >
Motors tests.
b. Select Pick (tray [x]) and Pass‑through (tray [x]).
8. Make sure that the connections between the motors and the controller board are properly
connected.
9. Check the motors for damage, and improper installation.

174
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

171 errors

171 error messages

Error code Description Action

171.82 The main fan speed did not See Main fan service check
ramp up to the required on page 175.
level.

171.83 The main fan stalled. See Main fan service check
on page 175.

171.84 The main fan ran too slow. See Main fan service check
on page 175.

171.85 The main fan ran too fast. See Main fan service check
on page 175.

Main fan service check

1. Make sure that the printer is placed in a location with the recommend airflow, ventilation, and
clearance around the printer. For more information, see Selecting a location for the printer on
page 535.
2. Make sure that the cooling fan is functional. Do the following:
a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to Printer diagnostics and
adjustment › Motors tests › Select fan.
3. Make sure that the connections between the cooling fan and the controller boar dare
properly connected.
4. Check the cooling fan for damage, contamination, and improper installation.

6yy errors

600‑680 error messages

Error code Description Action

600.95 The RIP intentionally Resend the print job. If the

declared a jam error, problem remains, then
usually to prevent a kiosk contact the next level of
user from printing free support.
pages.

602.18 The tray 1 timed out while See Tray not ready for
waiting for the ILN picking service check on
command. page 180.

175
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

602.19 The tray 1 failed to become See Tray not ready for
the input source ready for picking service check on
picking. page 180.

602.28 The tray 2 timed out while See Tray not ready for
waiting for the ILN picking service check on
command. page 180.

602.29 The tray 2 failed to become See Tray not ready for
the input source ready for picking service check on
picking. page 180.

602.38 The tray 3 timed out while See Tray not ready for
waiting for the ILN picking service check on
command. page 180.

602.39 The tray 3failed to become See Tray not ready for
the input source ready for picking service check on
picking. page 180.

602.48 The tray 4 timed out while See Tray not ready for
waiting for the ILN picking service check on
command. page 180.

602.49 The tray 4 failed to become See Tray not ready for
the input source ready for picking service check on
picking. page 180.

602.58 The tray 5 timed out while See Tray not ready for
waiting for the ILN picking service check on
command. page 180.

602.59 The tray 5 failed to become See Tray not ready for
the input source ready for picking service check on
picking. page 180.

611.32 Lost Hsync errors were See Printhead error service

detected. The laser safety check on page 163.
interlock system may be the
cause.

611.34 A mirror motor lock error See Printhead error service

was detected. check on page 163.

620.80 The motor (fuser) does not See Motor (fuser) error
turn on. service check on page 164.

620.81 The motor (fuser) does not See Motor (fuser) error
turn off. service check on page 164.

620.82 The motor (fuser) failed to See Motor (fuser) error

achieve the expected service check on page 164.
speed.

176
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

620.83 The motor (fuser) stalled. See Motor (fuser) error

service check on page 164.

620.84 The motor (fuser) is running See Motor (fuser) error

too slow (under‑speeding). service check on page 164.

620.85 The motor (fuser) is running See Motor (fuser) error

too fast (overspeeding). service check on page 164.

620.86 The motor (fuser) ran too See Motor (fuser) error
long. service check on page 164.

621.01 The fuser heater was too See Fuser error service
cold when paper entered check on page 166.
the fuser nip.

662.80 The motor (tray 2 pick) does See Optional tray motors
not turn on. jam service check on page
105.

662.81 The motor (tray 2 pick) does See Optional tray motors
not turn off. jam service check on page
105.

662.82 The motor (tray 2 pick) See Optional tray motors

speed did not ramp up to jam service check on page
the required level. 105.

662.83 The motor (tray 2 pick) has See Optional tray motors
stalled. jam service check on page
105.

662.84 The motor (tray 2 pick) ran See Optional tray motors
too slow (under‑speeding). jam service check on page
105.

662.85 The motor (tray 2 pick) ran See Optional tray motors
too fast (overspeeding). jam service check on page
105.

662.86 The motor (tray 2 pick) ran See Optional tray motors
too long. jam service check on page
105.

663.80 The motor (tray 3 pick) does See Optional tray motors
not turn on. jam service check on page
105.

663.81 The motor (tray 3 pick) does See Optional tray motors
not turn off. jam service check on page
105.

663.82 The motor (tray 3 pick) See Optional tray motors

speed did not ramp up to jam service check on page
the required level. 105.

177
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

663.83 The motor (tray 3 pick) has See Optional tray motors
stalled. jam service check on page
105.

663.84 The motor (tray 3 pick) ran See Optional tray motors
too slow (under‑speeding). jam service check on page
105.

663.85 The motor (tray 3 pick) ran See Optional tray motors
too fast (overspeeding). jam service check on page
105.

663.86 The motor (tray 3 pick) ran See Optional tray motors
too long. jam service check on page
105.

666.80 The motor (tray 2 See Optional tray motors

pass‑through) did not turn jam service check on page
on. 105.

666.81 The motor (tray 2 See Optional tray motors

pass‑through) did not turn jam service check on page
off. 105.

666.82 The motor (tray 2 See Optional tray motors

pass‑through) speed did not jam service check on page
ramp up to the required 105.
level.

666.83 The motor (tray 2 See Optional tray motors

pass‑through) has stalled. jam service check on page
105.

666.84 The motor (tray 2 See Optional tray motors

pass‑through) ran too slow jam service check on page
(under‑speeding). 105.

666.85 The motor (tray 2 See Optional tray motors

pass‑through) ran too fast jam service check on page
(overspeeding). 105.

666.86 The motor (tray 2 See Optional tray motors

pass‑through) ran too long. jam service check on page
105.

667.80 The motor (tray 3 See Optional tray motors

pass‑through) did not turn jam service check on page
on. 105.

667.81 The motor (tray 3 See Optional tray motors

pass‑through) did not turn jam service check on page
off. 105.

178
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

667.82 The motor (tray 3 See Optional tray motors

pass‑through) speed did not jam service check on page
ramp up to the required 105.
level.

667.83 The motor (tray 3 See Optional tray motors

pass‑through) has stalled. jam service check on page
105.

667.84 The motor (tray 3 See Optional tray motors

pass‑through) ran too slow jam service check on page
(under‑speeding). 105.

667.85 The motor (tray 3 See Optional tray motors

pass‑through) ran too fast jam service check on page
(overspeeding). 105.

667.86 The motor (tray 3 See Optional tray motors

pass‑through) ran too long. jam service check on page
105.

680.10 The ADF cover was open N/A

during an ADF job.

680.20 Paper was not detected on N/A

the ADF tray during an ADF
job.

680.40 A communication error has N/A

occurred during a scan job.

179
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

680.50 An imagepip error/ Make sure that the original

prohibited image error has document does not contain
been detected. any images or patterns that
could trigger the printer's
security filters, like currency
or banknotes.

Press the power button to

turn off the printer, and then
disconnect the power cord
from the electrical outlet.

Wait for 30 seconds to

make sure that all electrical
charges have dissipated
from the printer.

Connect the power cord to

the electrical outlet, and
then press the power button
to turn on the printer.

Wait for the printer to

completely boot up and
initialize all its components
before sending the scan job
again.

Make sure that the latest

firmware is installed.

Tray not ready for picking service check

1. Make sure that the paper does not exceed the maximum fail indicator in the tray.
2. Make sure that the tray guides match the paper size in the tray.
3. Make sure that the tray guides align properly with the edges of the paper stack.
4. Make sure that the tray guides and elevator are functional.
5. Make sure that the tray bases and the tray inserts are properly installed.

Note: Some trays have a latch or lock to secure them in place.

6. Make sure that the paper path and sensors are free of debris and obstructions.
7. Press the power button to turn off the printer, and then unplug the power cord from the
electrical outlet.
8. Wait for 60 seconds to make sure that all electrical charges have dissipated and buffered
data in your printer are erased.
9. Connect the power cord to the electrical outlet, and then press the power button to turn on
the printer.
10. Wait for the printer to completely boot up and initialize all its components before sending the
print job again.
11. Cancel any pending print jobs in the print queue.

180
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

12. Make sure that the paper size and type in the tray match the settings in the print job.
13. Make sure that the print job is not corrupted and the source tray is supported by the tray.
Consider the following:

a. Print job format (PDF, PostScript)

b. Print job configuration (stapling, hole punching)

Note: Certain finishing features, such as stapling or hole punching, may require
specific trays or finishing devices to be compatible.

14. Make sure that the print driver is compatible with the tray.
15. Check the compatibility of the firmware and the print driver.
16. Make sure that the latest firmware is installed.
17. Check the interconnect cable between the trays and the printer for loose connections, and
damage from pinching or pressure.
18. Make sure that all the connectors are installed properly.

Procedure before starting the 9yy service checks

Retrieve certain information that helps your next level of support in diagnosing the problem
before replacing the controller board.

Warning—Potential Damage
Do not replace the controller board unless instructed by your next level of support.

1. Collect the history information and firmware logs (Fwdebug and logs.tar.gz) from the SE
menu.
2. Collect the settings from the Menu Settings Page.
3. Collect information from the user.

Note: Not all of the items are retrievable from the printer that you are working on.

A. Collecting the history information from the SE menu

Note: Make sure that your printer is connected to a network or to a print server.

1. Open a web browser, type http://printer_IP_address/se, and then press Enter.

181
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Notes
◦ printer_IP_address is the TCP/IP address of the printer.
◦ se is required to access the printer diagnostic information.

2. Click History Information, copy all information, and then save it as a text file.
3. Email the text file to your next level of support.

B. Collecting the firmware logs (Fwdebug and

logs.tar.gz) from the SE menu

Notes

• Make sure that your printer is connected to a network or to a print server.

• Some printers are designed to restart automatically after a 9yy error. On these
printers, you can retrieve the secondary crash code information using the SE menu.

1. Open a web browser, type http://printer_IP_address/se, and then press Enter.

2. Click Logs Gzip Compressed.

Notes
A logs.tar.gz file is saved to the Downloads folder. The file may take several minutes
to save. You may rename the file if a logs.tar.gz already exists in the Downloads
folder.

3. Email the logs to your next level of support.

Note: To download the fwdebug log to a flash drive, see General SE Menu on page
217.

C. Collecting the settings from the Menu Settings Page

Note: The Menu Settings Page is different for each printer. For more information,
see the printer User’s Guide. Your next level of support will tell you which page
they want to see.

Copying the Menu Settings Page from the Embedded Web Server (EWS)

182
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Notes
Make sure that your printer is connected to a network or to a print server.

1. Open a web browser, type http://printer_IP_address, and then press Enter.

2. Click Settings, and then select one of the settings pages from the links shown on the page.
3. Copy all the information, and then save it as a text file.
4. Email the text file to your next level of support.

Printing the Menu Settings Page

1. From the home screen, navigate to Reports > Menu Settings Page.
2. Email a scanned copy of the page to your next level of support.

D. Collecting information from the user

Ask the user for information about the following:

• Print job being run

• Operating system
• Print driver
• Other information on what was happening when the 9yy error occurred

900-901 errors

900‑901 error messages

Error code Description Action

900.00 Unrecoverable RIP software See 900 error service check

error/illegal trap. on page 183.

900.70 Unrecoverable RIP software See 900 error service check

error/illegal trap. on page 183.

901.01 A RIP firmware error has See 900 error service check
occurred. on page 183.

901.02 A RIP firmware error has See 900 error service check
occurred. on page 183.

900 error service check

1. Clear all jobs in the printer and computer print queue.

2. Perform a POR.
3. Turn off the printer.
4. Disconnect the USB cable, fax line, and network cable from the printer.

183
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

5. Turn on the printer.

6. If the error does not occur, then install each cable one at a time and perform a POR after
each cable installation.
7. Make sure that the printer is running the latest firmware version.

If the printer cannot connect to the network due to a 900 error, then do the following:

a. Enter Recovery mode. For more information, see Entering Recovery mode on page
213.
b. Flash the firmware code through a USB cable that is directly connected to a computer.
8. Turn off the printer.
9. Remove all electronic options (hard disk, ISD, wireless module, ISP, and memory options).
10. Turn on the printer.
11. If the error does not occur, then install the electronic options one at a time and perform a
POR after each electronic option installation.
12. Replace the electronic option that causes the error.
13. Make sure that the connections between the engine board and the controller board are
properly connected.
14. Check the controller board for the following:

◦ Foreign debris (dust, dirt, or any accumulated material)

◦ Circuit board expansion due to heat and humidity
◦ Damaged pins, burnt‑out components, and signs of overheating and bulging
◦ Missing components and solder joint connection issues
◦ Contamination issues (corrosion, degradation, metallization, and chemical leakage)
◦ Incorrect input or output voltages. See the wiring diagram.
For more information, see .Controller board removal on page 372

912 errors

912 error messages

Error code Description Action

912.00 An engine software error See 900 error service check

occurred. on page 183.

912.05 An engine error occurred. See 900 error service check

on page 183.

912.08 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.09 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.15 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

184
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

912.16 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.17 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.18 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.19 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.28 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.32 An engine error occurred. See 900 error service check

on page 183.

912.33 An engine error occurred. See 900 error service check

on page 183.

912.35 An engine error occurred. See 900 error service check

on page 183.

912.38 An engine error occurred. See 900 error service check

on page 183.

912.40 An engine error occurred. See 900 error service check

on page 183.

912.42 An engine error occurred. See 900 error service check

on page 183.

912.44 An engine error occurred. See 900 error service check

on page 183.

912.45 An engine error occurred. See 900 error service check

on page 183.

912.46 An engine error occurred. See 900 error service check

on page 183.

912.48 An engine error occurred. See 900 error service check

on page 183.

185
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

912.49 An engine error occurred. See 900 error service check

on page 183.

912.50 An engine error occurred. See 900 error service check

on page 183.

912.52 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.58 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.60 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.61 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.66 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.69 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.70 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.72 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.74 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.76 An engine error occurred. See 900 error service check

on page 183.

186
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

912.77 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.79 An engine error occurred. See 900 error service check

on page 183.

912.80 An engine error occurred. See Engine error service

check on page 187.

912.82 An engine error occurred. See Engine error service

check on page 187.

912.85 An engine error occurred. See 900 error service check

on page 183.

912.86 An engine error occurred. Resend the print job. If the

problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

912.88 An engine error occurred. See 900 error service check

on page 183.

912.99 RIP command interface See 900 error service check

issue to the engine. on page 183.

Engine error service check

1. Perform a Power on Reset (POR).

a. Press the power button to turn off the printer, and then disconnect the power cord from
the electrical outlet.
b. Wait for 30 seconds to make sure that all electrical charges have dissipated from the
printer.
c. Connect the power cord to the electrical outlet, and then press the power button to turn
on the printer.
d. Wait for the printer to completely boot up and initialize all its components.
2. Disconnect all cables attached to the printer, including Ethernet, USB, and Wi-Fi
connections, and then perform a POR.
3. Disconnect all additional electronic options to the printer, such as connectivity options,
memory options and application solutions connected to and then perform a POR.
4. Make sure that the latest firmware is installed.

187
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

938-958 errors

938–958 error messages

Error code Description Action

938.01 An unknown card type was See 900 error service check
detected by the thick engine on page 183.
code.

938.04 The supplies security is Restart the printer. If the

disabled. problem remains, then
contact the next level of
support.

940.00 Controller to engine See 900 error service check

communication error has on page 183.
occurred.

941.03 An engine communication See 900 error service check

error has occurred. on page 183.

950.10 An NVRAM mismatch error See 900 error service check

occurred—Non‑generic on page 183.
FRU installed.

953.99 An NVRAM chip failure with See 900 error service check
mirror part. on page 183.

958.99 A controller board NAND See 900 error service check

error has occurred.. on page 183.

980-992 errors

980‑992 error messages

Error code Description Action

980.01 An option communication See 900 error service check

error has occurred. on page 183.

980.02 An option communication See 900 error service check

error has occurred. on page 183.

980.03 An option communication See 900 error service check

error has occurred. on page 183.

980.04 An option communication See 900 error service check

error has occurred. on page 183.

188
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Error code Description Action

980.05 An option communication See 900 error service check

error has occurred. on page 183.

980.11 An option communication See 900 error service check

error has occurred. on page 183.

980.13 An option communication See 900 error service check

error has occurred. on page 183.

980.14 An option communication See 900 error service check

error has occurred. on page 183.

980.15 An option communication See 900 error service check

error has occurred. on page 183.

981.91 An invalid paper port See 900 error service check

protocol error has occurred. on page 183.

982.92 A paper port error occurred. See 900 error service check
on page 183.

982.93 A paper port error occurred. See 900 error service check
on page 183.

982.94 A paper port error occurred. See 900 error service check
on page 183.

982.95 A paper port error occurred. See 900 error service check
on page 183.

982.96 A paper port error occurred. See 900 error service check
on page 183.

982.97 A paper port error occurred. See 900 error service check
on page 183.

983.98 An unsupported paper port See 900 error service check

command error has on page 183.
occurred.

984.99 An invalid paper port See 900 error service check

parameter error has on page 183.
occurred.

992.00 An option device software See 900 error service check

error has occurred. on page 183.

992.01 An option device software See 900 error service check

error has occurred. on page 183.

189
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

ADF/Scanner hardware errors

8yy errors

800‑845 error messages

Error code Description Action

800.00 A scanner communication See Scanner

error was detected—Motor communication error
Card. service check on page 191.

840.01 The scanner was manually See Scanner

disabled by the user. communication error
service check on page 191.

840.02 The scanner was See Scanner

automatically disabled by communication error
the printer after two service check on page 191.
consecutive hardware
failures.

842.00 A scanner communication See Scanner

error was detected—No communication error
response. service check on page 191.

842.01 A scanner communication See Scanner

error was detected—HW communication error
protocol service check on page 191.

842.02 A scanner communication See Scanner

error was detected—Logical communication error
protocol. service check on page 191.

843.00 The scanner CIS failed to See Scanner

reach its home position. communication error
service check on page 191.

843.01 An ADF CIS failed to reach See Scanner

its home position. communication error
service check on page 191.

845.02 The scanner front side scan See Scanner

module was detected as communication error
unplugged. service check on page 191.

845.03 The scanner backside scan See Scanner

module was detected as communication error
unplugged. service check on page 191.

190
Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Scanner communication error service check

1. Enable the scanner via the control panel or EWS.

a. From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Maintenance > Configuration
Menu > Scanner Configuration > Disabled Scanner.
b. Select Enabled.
2. Perform a POR.
3. If an 84y.xx error code persists, then check if the ADF or the flatbed scanner is causing the
error.
4. Check the error logs in the Print Log Summary.

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Event Log > Print Log Summary.
b. If the printer has encountered successive scanner errors, then perform the appropriate
service check.

Notes
Before replacing an ADF or flatbed scanner, perform a sensor test and motor
test to validate which scanner is causing the error.

5. Make sure that the ADF sensors and motors are functional, do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Scanner diagnostics.

b. Perform all ADF sensor and motors tests.
6. Make sure that the connections between the ADF and the controller board are properly
connected.
7. Check the ADF for wear, damage, and improper installation. For more information, see ADF
removal on page 400.
8. Make sure that the flatbed scanner sensors and motors are functional, do the following:

a. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Scanner diagnostics.

b. Perform all flatbed scanner sensor and motors tests.
9. Make sure that the connections between the flatbed scanner and the controller board are
properly connected.
10. Check the flatbed scanner for wear, damage, and improper installation. For more
information, see Flatbed scanner removal on page 381.

191
Service menus

Service menus
Understanding the printer control panel
Using the control panel

Control panel part Function

1 Power button
• Turn on or turn off
the printer.

Notes
To turn
off the
printer,
press and
hold the
power
button for
five
seconds.

• Set the printer to

Sleep mode.
• Wake the printer
from Sleep or
Hibernate mode.

192
Service menus

Control panel part Function

2 Display
• View the printer
messages and
supply status.
• Set up and
operate the
printer.

3 Indicator light Check the status of the

printer.

Understanding the status of the indicator light

Indicator light Printer status

Off The printer is off.

Solid blue The printer is ready.

Blinking blue The printer is printing or processing data.

Blinking red The printer requires user intervention.

Solid amber The printer is in Sleep mode.

Blinking amber The printer is in Deep Sleep or Hibernate

mode.

Diagnostics menu
Entering the Diagnostics Menu
The Diagnostics Menu contains tests that are used to help isolate printer issues.

• To access the menu from POST, do the following:

1. Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.

2. Open tray 1.
3. Connect the power cord to the electrical outlet.
4. Turn on the printer.

When the display shows the following icon, close tray 1.

193
Service menus

5. From the menu that appears on the display, select DIAGNOSTICS_MODE.

Note:
▪ Make sure that the selected menu turns green.
▪ If the DIAGNOSTICS_MODE option does not show on the display, touch
‑> repeatedly until it appears.

6. Select Boot.
• To access the Diagnostics Menu from a 4.3‑inch touch screen display, do the following:

1. From the home screen, touch .

2. Touch **36, and then touch OK.
• To access the Diagnostics Menu from a 2.8‑inch touch screen display, do the following:

1. Press the following buttons in this sequence: Back, Back, Start, Start.

Reports

Device

This report lists all the current printer settings.

194
Service menus

Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Reports > Device

Licenses

This setting lists all the installed licenses and their feature data.
Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Reports > Licenses

Advanced Print Quality Samples

This setting prints a list of the printer settings and sample pages to check print quality.
Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality Test Pages

Format Fax Storage

This setting deletes stored fax jobs.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Format Fax Storage

2. Select Start.

Notes
If the device is registered to etherFAX, it must be unregistered and then registered
again for etherFAX to work. For more information, visit https://www.etherfax.net/
lexmark.

Scanner Diagnostics

Motor tests

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then select navigate to:

Scanner diagnostics > Motor tests

2. Select a motor, and then touch Start.

195
Service menus

Note:

• If the motor is activated, then it is properly working.

• Some motors require automatic deactivation in order to avoid secondary issues such
as possible damage and contamination.
• Some tests require a special action to activate a motor such as removing a major
component.
• If the motor fails, the test failure may not indicate a failed motor. Further
troubleshooting may be required. Check the boards and cables for possible issues.

List of motor tests

Test

ADF pick

ADF transport

Flatbed scanner

Sensor tests

This test verifies the status of the scanner sensors.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Scanner diagnostics.

2. From the Sensor tests row, touch Start.

A list of sensors appears.

3. Find, and then manually toggle the sensor.

196
Service menus

Note:
◦ The sensor status on the screen toggles between 1 and 0 when the sensor is
properly working.
◦ If a sensor test fails, the test failure may not indicate a failed sensor. Further
troubleshooting may be required. Check the boards and cables for possible
issues.

List of sensor tests

Tests

Sensor (ADF media present)

Sensor (ADF 1st scan)

Sensor (ADF 2nd scan)

Sensor (ADF closed)

Sensor (ADF top door interlock)

Sensor (ADF calibration strip home)

Sensor (FB CCD home)

Feed Test

This test allows for a continuous feed from the ADF or flatbed.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Scanner diagnostics > Feed Test

2. Select a paper size.
3. From the Feed Test row, select Start.

Scanner Calibration Reset

Before starting the test, make sure that the scanner glass and scanner glass pad are
clean. For more information, see Cleaning the scanner on page 492.

1. Load the calibration sheet into the ADF tray.

NOTE
Adjust the guides to match the size of the calibration sheet.

2. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then select Scanner Diagnostics.

3. Select Scanner Calibration Reset.
4. Wait for about 45 seconds for the calibration to finish.

197
Service menus

NOTE
A Test Completed message appears on the display when the calibration is finished.

To verify the result, do the following:

1. Load the ADF with a document containing light and dark content.
2. Print a two-sided copy of the document.

Note:
◦ If the back side of the copy has vertical streaks, then clean the scanner glass
and backing material, and then print another copy.
◦ If the streaks still appear, then repeat the cleaning and verification procedure
or replace the ADF.

Printer Setup

Printed page count (mono)

This setting displays the number of pages printed in mono.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then select Printer setup.

2. View the printed page count for mono.

Printed page count (color)

This setting displays the number of pages printed in color.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then select Printer setup.

2. View the printed page count for color.

Permanent page count

This setting displays the total number of pages printed in mono and color. After all the print
tests are completed, this value resets to zero.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then select Printer setup.

2. View the permanent page count.

Processor ID

This setting indicates the ID of the processor on the controller board.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then select Printer setup.

2. View the processor ID.

198
Service menus

Serial number

This setting displays a read-only value of the serial number.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then select Printer setup.

2. View the serial number.

Model name

This setting displays the model name of the printer.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then select Printer setup.

2. View the model name.

Engine setting [x]

Warning—Potential Damage
Do not change this setting without specific instructions from the next level of
support.

This setting lets you select a printer engine setting. Possible values are 0–255. 0 is the
default.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Printer setup > Engine setting [x]

2. Select a setting, enter a value, and then select OK.

EP setup

Warning—Potential Damage
Do not change this setting without specific instructions from the next level of
support.

This setting lets you adjust the EP setup of the printer.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Printer setup > EP setup

2. Select a setting.

199
Service menus

Printer diagnostics and adjustments

Sensor tests

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests

2. Select a sensor, and then touch Start.
3. Find, and then manually toggle the sensor.

Note:
◦ The sensor status on the screen toggles between 1 and 0 when the sensor is
properly working.
◦ If a sensor test fails, the test failure may not indicate a failed sensor. Further
troubleshooting may be required. Check the boards and cables for possible
issues.

List of sensor tests

Tests

Tray 1 pick

Input

Redrive/Duplex path 1

Output bin/Narrow media

Fuser exit

Door interlock

200
Service menus

Tests

K Toner meter

C Toner meter

M Toner meter

Y Toner meter

Tray Present

TPS L and R

Waste Toner Bottle

Motor tests

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests

2. Select a motor, and then touch Start.

Note:

• If the motor is activated, then it is properly working.

• Some motors require automatic deactivation in order to avoid secondary issues such
as possible damage and contamination.
• Some tests require a special action to activate a motor such as removing a major
component.
• If the motor fails, the test failure may not indicate a failed motor. Further
troubleshooting may be required. Check the boards and cables for possible issues.

List of motor tests

Test

Pick (tray 1) / Duplex

Fuser

CMY developer

K developer‑transfer

Fan (main)

201
Service menus

Registration adjust

This setting lets you adjust the skew, margins, or perform a Quick Test. For more
information, see Registration adjustment on page 254.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Registration adjust

2. Select a setting to adjust.

Color alignment adjust

This setting allows you to adjust the color alignments and to print or reset the default
settings.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Color alignment adjust

2. Select a setting.

Supply reset

The setting resets the transfer module counter values to zero.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Supply Reset

2. Select a setting, and then touch Start.

Weather station

This setting lets you view the temperature and humidity of the weather station sensor.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to Printer diagnostics & adjustments.
2. From the Weather station row, select Start.

Universal Override

This setting lets you load custom paper sizes into a paper source.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Universal Override

2. Select a setting to adjust.

202
Service menus

Out of service erase

This setting deletes nonvolatile memory and information on the storage drive.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Out of Service Erase

2. Touch Start.

Event Log

Display Log

This setting displays the panel text that appears when the event occurs.
Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Event Log > Display Log

Print Log

This setting lists an extended version of the various printer events.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Event Log > Print Log

2. Select Start.

Note
The events that appear in the report vary depending on the operational history of
the printer.

Print Log Summary

This setting lists a brief summary of the various printer events.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Event Log > Print Log Summary

2. Select Start.

Note
The events that appear in the report vary depending on the operational history of
the printer.

203
Service menus

Mark Log

This setting allows you to create a service, maintenance, or custom log entry. Each log
entry is added in the printer event log.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Event Log > Mark Log

2. Select a log that you want to create, and then select Start.

Input tray quick print

This setting lets you print a single or continuous Quick Test page in either duplex or
simplex mode.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then select Input tray quick print.
2. Select where you want to print the pages from.
3. Select whether to print a single or continuous test page, and then select Start.

Additional input trays adjustments/tests

Sensor tests

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Additional input trays adjustments/tests > Sensor tests

2. Select a sensor, and then touch Start.

A list of sensors appears.

3. Find, and then manually toggle the sensor.

Note:
◦ The sensor status on the screen toggles between 1 and 0 when the sensor is
properly working.
◦ If a sensor test fails, the test failure may not indicate a failed sensor. Further
troubleshooting may be required. Check the boards and cables for possible
issues.

List of sensor tests

Pass‑through (tray 2)

Media out (tray 2)

Media level (tray 2)

Tray present (tray 2)

204
Service menus

MPF media present

Motor tests

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Additional input trays adjustments/tests > Motor tests

2. Select a motor, and then touch Start.

Note:
◦ If the motor is activated, then it is properly working.
◦ Some motors require automatic deactivation in order to avoid secondary
issues such as possible damage and contamination.
◦ Some tests require a special action to activate a motor such as removing a
major component.
◦ If the motor fails, the test failure may not indicate a failed motor. Further
troubleshooting may be required. Check the boards and cables for possible
issues.

List of motor tests

Pick (tray 2)

Pass‑through (tray 2)

Configuration menu
Entering the Configuration Menu
From the control panel, navigate to:

Settings › Device › Maintenance › Configuration Menu

Configuration Menu

Menu item Description

USB Configuration Change the USB driver mode of the printer

to improve its compatibility with a personal
USB PnP computer.
1*
2

205
Service menus

Menu item Description

USB Configuration Set whether the USB device driver

enumerates as a USB Simple device (single
USB Scan to Local interface) or as a USB Composite device
(multiple interfaces).
On*
Off

USB Configuration Set the USB port to run at full speed and
disable its high‑speed capabilities.
USB Speed

Full
Auto*

Tray Configuration Set the tray to sense automatically the paper

size loaded into it.
Size Sensing

Tray [x] Sensing

Off
On*

Tray Configuration Set the printer to link the trays that have the
same paper type and paper size settings.
Tray Linking

Automatic*
Off

Tray Configuration Display a message that lets the user change

the paper size and paper type settings after
Show Tray Insert Message inserting the tray.
Off
Only for unknown sizes*
Always

Tray Configuration Determine the default loading orientation for

the A5 size paper in all paper sources.
A5 Loading

Short Edge
Long Edge*

Tray Configuration Set the paper source that the user fills when
a prompt to load paper appears.
Paper Prompts

Auto* Notes
Multipurpose Feeder For Multipurpose Feeder to appear,
Manual Paper in the Paper menu, set Configure
MP to Cassette.

206
Service menus

Menu item Description

Tray Configuration Set the paper source that the user fills when
a prompt to load envelope appears.
Envelope Prompts

Auto* Notes
Multipurpose Feeder For Multipurpose Feeder to appear,
Manual Envelope in the Paper menu, set Configure
MP to Cassette.

Tray Configuration Set the printer to resolve paper- or

envelope-related change prompts.
Action for Prompts

Prompt user*
Continue
Use current

Reports Print reports about printer menu settings,

status, and event logs.
Menu Settings Page
Event Log
Event Log Summary
HealthCheck Statistics

Supply Usage And Counters Reset the supply usage history, such as
number of pages and days remaining, to the
Clear Supply Usage History factory shipped level.

Supply Usage And Counters Reset the counter after installing a new
supply item or maintenance kit.
ITM Reset
Reset Black Cartridge Counter
Reset Cyan Cartridge Counter
Reset Magenta Cartridge Counter
Reset Yellow Cartridge Counter
Reset Maintenance Counter

Supply Usage And Counters Adjust the amount of color coverage for
each printing range.
Tiered Coverage Ranges

Printer Emulations Set the printer to recognize and use the

PPDS data stream.
PPDS Emulation

Off*
On

Printer Emulations Set the printer to recognize and use the PS

data stream.
PS Emulation

Off
On*

207
Service menus

Menu item Description

Printer Emulations Activate formsmerge to store the forms into

the hard disk or intelligent storage drive
Enable Formsmerge (ISD).
Off*
On Notes
The printer must have a hard disk or
an ISD installed.

Printer Emulations Activate Prescribe.

Enable Prescribe
Notes
Off* The Prescribe license must be
On installed.

Printer Emulations Set the page timeout during emulation.

Emulator Security

Page Timeout

0–60 (60*)

Printer Emulations Reset the emulator after a print job.

Emulator Security

Reset Emulator After Job

Off*
On

Printer Emulations Disable access to printer message during

emulation.
Emulator Security

Disable Printer Message Access

Off
On*

Fax Configuration Set fax to enter Sleep mode whenever the

printer determines that it must.
Fax Low Power Support

Disable Sleep
Permit Sleep
Auto*

208
Service menus

Menu item Description

Fax Configuration Set the storage location for all faxes.

Fax Storage Location

Notes
NAND This menu item appears only when
Disk* a hard disk or an ISD is installed.

Print Configuration Print non‑copy jobs in grayscale.

Black Only Mode

Off*
On

Print Configuration Enhance the printed output to compensate

for misregistration in the printer.
Color Trapping

Off
1
2*
3
4
5

Print Configuration Set a text point-size value below which the

high‑frequency screens are used when
Font Sharpening printing font data.
0–150 (24*) For example, if the value is 24, then all fonts
sized 24 points or less use the
high‑frequency screens.

Device Operations Set the printer to operate in Quiet Mode.

Quiet Mode
Notes
Off* Enabling this setting slows down the
On overall performance of the printer.

Device Operations Enable access to the printer menus from the

control panel.
Panel Menus

Off
On*

209
Service menus

Menu item Description

Device Operations Set the printer to operate in a special mode,

in which it attempts to continue offering as
Safe Mode much functionality as possible, despite
known issues.
Off*
On For example, when set to On, and the
duplex motor is nonfunctional, the printer
performs one‑sided printing of the
documents even if the job is two‑sided
printing.

Device Operations Set the minimum memory allocation for

storing copy jobs.
Minimum Copy Memory

80 MB*
100 MB

Device Operations Erase user‑defined strings for the Default or

Alternate custom messages.
Clear Custom Status

Device Operations Erase messages that were remotely

installed.
Clear all remotely‑installed messages

Device Operations Show existing error messages on the

display after the printer remains inactive on
Automatically Display Error Screens the home screen for a length of time.
Off
On*

Device Operations Enable the printer to use the orientation

setting under the Copy menu when sending
Honor orientation on fast path copy quick copy jobs.
Off*
On

Toner patch sensor setup Set the printer to put down the correct
amount of toner to maintain color
Calibration frequency preference consistency.
Disabled
Fewest color adjustments
Fewer color adjustments
Normal*
Better color accuracy
Best color accuracy

Toner patch sensor setup Run the full color calibration.

Full calibration

210
Service menus

Menu item Description

Toner patch sensor setup Print a diagnostic page that contains

information on toner patch sensor
Print TPS information page calibration.

App Configuration Enable Lexmark Embedded Solutions (LES)

applications.
LES Applications

Off
On*

Scanner Configuration Print a Quick Test target page.

Scanner Manual Registration

Notes
Print Quick Test Make sure that the margin spacing
on the target page is uniform all the
way around the target. If it is not,
then the printer margins must be
reset.

Scanner Configuration Manually register the flatbed and ADF after

replacing the ADF, scanner glass, or
Scanner Manual Registration controller board.
Front ADF Registration
Rear ADF Registration
Flatbed Registration

Scanner Configuration Reset the counter after replacing the ADF

maintenance kit.
Reset Maintenance Counter

Scanner Configuration Set the size, in millimeters, of the no‑print

area around an ADF or flatbed scan job.
Edge Erase

Flatbed Edge Erase (3*)

ADF Edge Erase (3*)

Scanner Configuration Reduce skewing of documents that are

scanned from the ADF.
ADF Deskew

ADF Electronic Deskew (On*)

Scanner Configuration Disable the scanner when it is not working

properly.
Disable Scanner

No*
Yes
ADF Only

211
Service menus

Menu item Description

Scanner Configuration Set the byte order of a TIFF‑formatted scan

output.
Tiff Byte Order

CPU Endianness*
Little Endian
Big Endian

Scanner Configuration Set the RowsPerStrip tag value of a

TIFF‑formatted scan output.
Exact Tiff Rows Per Strip

On*
Off

Notes
An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Entering Invalid engine mode

This mode allows the printer to load the correct firmware code. For more information, see
Updating the printer firmware on page 232.

1. Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.

2. Pull tray 1.
3. Connect the power cord to the electrical outlet.
4. Turn on the printer.
When the display shows the following icon, close tray 1.

5. Select ‑> to navigate the menu that appears on the display, and then select
ENGINE_FLASH.

212
Service menus

Note
The selected menu turns green.

6. Select Boot.

Entering Recovery mode

This mode allows the printer to boot from a secondary set of instructions and flash
firmware code.
Depending on your printer model, do any of the following:

For LED display

1. Turn off the printer.
2. Open the front door.
3. Press and hold the Stop button.
4. Turn on the printer.
5. When all the icons flash, release the button.

For 2‑line display

1. Turn off the printer.
2. Press and hold the OK and Back buttons.
3. Turn on the printer.
4. When the display shows the following icon, release the buttons.

213
Service menus

For 2.4-, 4.3-, 7-, and 10-inch displays with number pads
1. Turn off the printer.
2. Press and hold the 2, 7, and 8 buttons.
3. Turn on the printer.
4. When the display shows the following icon, release the buttons.

For 2.8‑, 4.3‑, 7‑, and 10‑inch displays without number

pads
1. Turn off the printer.
2. Open tray 1.

Note: Make sure that paper is loaded in the tray.

3. Turn on the printer.

4. When the display shows either of the following icons, close tray 1.

a. For 2.8-inch display:

214
Service menus

b. For 4.3-, 7-, and 10-inch displays:

Note: If tray 1 is not closed, then the printer boots normally.

Service Engineer menu

Entering the SE Menu
Depending on your printer model, do any of the following:

For touch‑screen display

1. From the home screen, touch the on‑screen keypad.

2. Touch **411.
3. Touch the start icon or GO.

215
Service menus

For 2‑line display

From the home screen, press the following buttons in this sequence: Back, Left arrow,
Back, Left arrow.

For 2‑line display with a menu button

From the home screen, press the following buttons in this sequence: Right, Right, OK,
Left.

216
Service menus

For 2.8‑, 4.3‑, 7‑, and 10‑inch displays

From the home screen, press the following buttons in this sequence: Back, Back, Home,
Home.

General SE Menu
Enter the Service Engineer (SE) menu, and then select General SE Menu.
The following settings are available:

• Capture Logs to USB Drive

• Capture Logs to Internal Storage
• Code Versions
• Debug Level

Network SE Menu
Enter the Service Engineer (SE) menu, and then select Network SE Menu.

Notes
Use these settings as directed by the next level of support.

Top level menu Intermediate menu

History
• Print History
• Mark History

MAC
• Set Card Speed
• LAA
• Keep Alive

NPAP Print Alerts

TCP/IP
• DHCP Request options
• netstat
• arp
• Allow SNMP Set
• MTU
• Meditech Mode
• RAW LPR Mode
• Garp Interval

217
Service menus

Top level menu Intermediate menu

Wireless settings
• Wireless Performance Enhancement
• Unset Wireless Region
Notes • Disable Wireless 11n
This setting is only available if a • Disable PMF
wireless module is installed.

Ping Test
• Ping Address
• Attempts
• Packet Size
• Ping

Other Actions
• ifconfig
• IPtables [Firewall Dump]
• IP6tables [Firewall Dump]
• IPsec Dump

Enable DHCPCD Debugging N/A

Enable wpa‑supplicant Debugging N/A

Enable Ethernet Gigabit N/A

Enable BLE N/A

Netconfig Debug Level N/A

IPP ICONS
• Delete intermediate icons
• Delete current icons

Fax SE Menu
Use this menu to help resolve fax transmission and reception issues.
Enter the SE menu, and then touch Fax SE Menu.

Notes
Use these settings as directed by the next level of support.

218
Service menus

Top‑level menu Intermediate menu

Agency Test Menu

• Go Off Hook
• Ring Detect
• Generate Tones
• Modulations

Fax Settings
• Fax Modulations
• FOIP Settings
• Miscellaneous Settings
• Reset Fax Settings

219
Service menus

Top‑level menu Intermediate menu

Modem Settings
• Adjust Power FSK
• ARA EQ Bias
• Busy Tone Cycles
• Busy Tone Max Off Time
• Busy Tone Min Off Time
• Caller ID Pattern

Note
Changing the value of this
setting also changes the value
of the Caller ID setting in the
Fax Settings.

• Congest Tone Cycles

• Congest Tone Max Off Time
• Congest Tone Min Off Time
• DC Characteristic
• Dial Timeout
• Dial Tone Tresh
• DTMF High Level
• DTMF Low Level
• Enable CEQ
• High Ring Impedence
• Impedance
• Interdigit Delay
• Negative Twt Ctl
• Positive Twt Ctl
• Progress Tresh
• Pulse Break Time
• Pulse Dial Type
• Pulse Fall Time
• Pulse Make Time
• Receive Tresh
• Transmit Level
• V34 PreEmhFilt
• V17 TxFilter
• Digital Line Guard
• Digital Line Threshold
• Off‑Hook Line Settle Time
• Disable Sending CRP
• Dial Wait Time
• ANSam Transmit Time

220
Service menus

Top‑level menu Intermediate menu

Fax logs
• Print all T30 Logs
• Print CallerID Log
• Print Call Log
• Print Fax Settings
• Print Job Log
• Print All T30 Log Errors
• Print T30 Log
• Print T38 Trace Log
• Clear T38 Trace Log

Reboot System N/A

Scanner SE Menu
Enter the Service Engineer (SE) menu, and then select Scanner SE Menu.

221
Parts removal

Parts removal
Important removal information
Removal precautions

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
The low-voltage power supply (LVPS) and the high-voltage power supply
(HVPS) may have residual voltage present. To avoid the risk of electrical
shock, do not touch their circuit components or the solder side of the board.
Only handle them by their outer edges or metal housing.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
This product uses an electronic power switch. It does not physically
disconnect the input AC voltage. To avoid the risk of electrical shock,
always remove the power cord from the printer when removal of the input
AC voltage is required.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
To avoid the risk of electrical shock and to prevent damage to the printer,
remove the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all
connections to any external devices before you connect or disconnect any
cable, electronic board, or assembly.

CAUTION—HOT SURFACE
The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a hot
component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.

CAUTION—PINCH HAZARD
To avoid the risk of a pinch injury, use caution in areas marked with this
label. Pinch injuries may occur around moving parts, such as gears, doors,
trays, and covers.

222
Parts removal

Précautions de retrait

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Une tension résiduelle peut être présente dans le bloc d'alimentation basse
tension (LVPS) et le bloc d'alimentation haute tension (HVPS). Pour éviter
tout risque d'électrocution, ne touchez pas les composants du circuit ou le
côté soudure de la carte. Tenez-les uniquement par leurs extrémités ou le
boîtier en métal.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Ce produit utilise un commutateur d'alimentation électronique. Il ne
déconnecte pas physiquement la tension d'alimentation CA. Pour éviter
tout risque d'électrocution, débranchez toujours le cordon d'alimentation de
l'imprimante lorsque vous devez déconnecter la tension d'alimentation CA.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Pour éviter tout risque d'électrocution et éviter d'endommager l'imprimante,
débranchez le cordon d'alimentation de la prise électrique et déconnectez
toute connexion à tout périphérique externe avant de brancher ou
débrancher des câbles ou circuits et assemblages électroniques.

CAUTION—HOT SURFACE
L'intérieur de l'imprimante risque d'être brûlant. pour réduire le risque de
brûlure, laissez la surface ou le composant refroidir avant d'y toucher.

CAUTION—PINCH HAZARD
Pour éviter tout risque de blessure par pincement, agissez avec précaution
au niveau des zones signalées par cette étiquette. Les blessures par
pincement peuvent se produire autour des pièces mobiles telles que les
engrenages, portes, tiroirs et capots.

Precauciones durante la extracción

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
La fuente de alimentación de bajo voltaje (LVPS) y la fuente de
alimentación de alto voltaje (HVPS) pueden presentar voltaje residual.
Para evitar el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, no toque los componentes del
circuito ni el lateral soldado de la placa. Manipule solo los bordes
exteriores o la carcasa metálica.

223
Parts removal

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Este producto utiliza un interruptor de corriente electrónico. No desconecta
físicamente la entrada de voltaje de CA. Para evitar el riesgo de descarga
eléctrica, desenchufe siempre el cable de alimentación de la impresora
cuando sea necesario retirar la entrada de voltaje de CA.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Para evitar el riesgo de descargas eléctricas y daños en la impresora,
retire el cable de alimentación de la toma eléctrica y desconecte todas las
conexiones a dispositivos externos antes de conectar o desconectar
cualquier cable, placa electrónica o conjunto.

CAUTION—HOT SURFACE
El interior de la impresora podría estar caliente. Para evitar el riesgo de
heridas producidas por el contacto con un componente caliente, deje que
la superficie se enfríe antes de tocarlo.

CAUTION—PINCH HAZARD
Para evitar el riesgo de lesión por atrapamiento, preste atención en las
áreas marcadas con esta etiqueta. Las lesiones por atrapamiento se
pueden producir en torno a partes móviles, tales como engranajes,
puertas, bandejas y cubiertas.

Vorsichtsmaßnahmen bei der Demontage

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Im Niederspannungsnetzteil (LVPS) und Hochspannungsnetzteil (HVPS)
liegt unter Umständen Restspannung vor. Um das Risiko eines elektrischen
Schlags zu vermeiden, berühren Sie keine umliegenden Bauteile oder die
Lötseite der Platine. Fassen Sie sie nur an den Außenkanten oder am
Metallgehäuse an.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Dieses Produkt verwendet einen elektronischen Leistungsschalter. Er
trennt die Eingangswechselspannung nicht physikalisch. Um das Risiko
eines elektrischen Schlags zu vermeiden, ziehen Sie stets das Netzkabel
vom Drucker ab, wenn eine Abtrennung der Eingangswechselspannung
erforderlich ist.

224
Parts removal

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Um das Risiko eines elektrischen Schlags und Schäden am Drucker zu
vermeiden, ziehen Sie das Netzkabel aus der Steckdose und trennen Sie
alle Verbindungen zu jeglichen externen Geräten, bevor Sie Kabel,
Elektronikplatinen oder Baugruppen einstecken oder abziehen.

CAUTION—HOT SURFACE
Das Innere des Druckers kann sehr heiß sein. Vermeiden Sie
Verletzungen, indem Sie heiße Komponenten stets abkühlen lassen, bevor
Sie ihre Oberfläche berühren.

CAUTION—PINCH HAZARD
Um das Risiko einer Quetschung zu vermeiden, gehen Sie in Bereichen,
die mit diesem Etikett gekennzeichnet sind, mit Vorsicht vor. Quetschungen
können im Bereich von beweglichen Komponenten auftreten, wie z. B.
Zahnrädern, Klappen, Fächern und Abdeckungen.

Handling ESD‑sensitive parts

To prevent damage to the electrostatic discharge (ESD)-sensitive parts in the printer, do
the following:

• Turn off the printer before removing logic boards.

• Keep the parts in their original packing material until you are ready to install them into the
printer.
• Make the least-possible movements with your body to prevent an increase in static electricity
from clothing fibers, carpets, and furniture.
• Use the ESD wrist strap. Connect the wrist band to the system ground point. This action
discharges any static electricity in your body to the printer.
• Hold the parts by their edge connector shroud. Do not touch its pins. If you are removing a
pluggable module, then use the correct tool.
• If possible, keep all parts in a grounded metal cabinet.
• Do not place the parts on the printer cover or on a metal table. If you need to put down the
parts, then put them in their packing material.
• Prevent parts from being accidentally touched by other personnel. Cover the printer when
you are not working on it.
• Be careful while working with the parts when cold-weather heating is used. Low humidity
increases static electricity.

225
Parts removal

Critical information for controller board or control panel

replacement

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
The lithium battery in this product is not intended to be replaced. There is a
danger of explosion if a lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Do not
recharge, disassemble, or incinerate a lithium battery. Discard used lithium
batteries according to the manufacturer's instructions and local regulations.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
La batterie lithium de ce produit n'est pas destinée à être remplacée. Il
existe un risque d'explosion si une batterie lithium est placée de façon
incorrecte. Ne rechargez pas, ne démontez pas et n’incinérez pas une
batterie lithium. Mettez les batteries lithium usagées au rebut selon les
instructions du fabricant et les réglementations locales.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
La batería de litio de este producto no debe reemplazarse. Existe riesgo de
explosión si se sustituye incorrectamente una batería de litio. No recargue,
desmonte ni incinere una batería de litio. Deseche las baterías de litio
según las instrucciones del fabricante y las normativas locales.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Die Lithiumbatterie in diesem Produkt darf nicht ausgetauscht werden. Wird
eine Lithiumbatterie nicht ordnungsgemäß ausgetauscht, besteht
Explosionsgefahr. Lithiumbatterien dürfen auf keinen Fall wieder
aufgeladen, auseinander genommen oder verbrannt werden. Befolgen Sie
zum Entsorgen verbrauchter Lithiumbatterien die Anweisungen des
Herstellers und die örtlichen Bestimmungen.

Warning—Potential Damage
Observe all precautions when handling ESD sensitive parts. See Handling
ESD‑sensitive parts on page 225.

Warning—Potential Damage
Carefully remove cables and connectors. Make sure they are not damaged.

226
Parts removal

Notes
Some models have eSF solutions, it is recommended to back up the eSF solutions
and settings before replacing the controller board. See Backing up eSF solutions
and settings on page 234.

Warning—Potential Damage
To avoid damaging the part or experience NVRAM mismatch issues, replace only
one of the following components at a time:

• Control panel
• Controller board

To replace a component and to test whether the problem is resolved:

1. Replace the affected component.

Warning—Potential Damage
Do not perform a Power-On Reset (POR) until the problem is resolved. If a POR is
performed at this point, then the replacement part can no longer be used in another
printer and must be returned to the manufacturer.

2. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. The Diagnostics Menu allows you to temporarily use the
replacement part.

Warning—Potential Damage
Some printers will perform a POR automatically if the Diagnostics Menu is not
opened within five seconds. If a POR is performed at this point, then the
replacement part can no longer be used in another printer and must be returned to
the manufacturer.

3. Use the Diagnostics Menu to test the replacement part. Do a feed test to check if the
problem is resolved.
◦ If the problem is not resolved—Turn off the printer, and then reinstall the old part.
◦ If the problem is resolved—Perform a POR.

Restoring the printer configuration

Restore the printer to its correct configuration to complete the replacement service. Use
the Service Restore Tool to download the software bundle, and then flash the printer
settings and embedded solutions.

227
Parts removal

Notes:

• If you do not have access to Service Restore Tool, then contact your next level of
support.
• The software bundle contains the latest version of the firmware, applications, and
software licenses from the Lexmark CFM and Package Builder. The printer firmware
may be at a different level from what is used before replacement of the part.

Using the Service Restore Tool

1. Go to https://iss.lexmark.com/cdp/service-restore-tool/.
2. Log in using your Lexmark or partner login.
If your login fails, then contact your next level of support.

3. Enter the printer serial number, and then submit the information.

Note: Make sure that the serial number that appears on the verification screen is
correct.

4. Save the zip file.

228
Parts removal

Note: Make sure that the serial number in the zip file matches the serial number of
the printer being restored.

5. Extract the contents of the zip file, open the Readme file, and then follow the instructions in
the file.

Note:
◦ Perform the install instructions on the Readme file in the exact order shown.
Restart the printer only if the file says so.
◦ For more information on how to flash the downloaded files, see .
◦ To load the zip files that are extracted from the Service Restore Tool, see
Restoring solutions, licenses, and configuration settings on page 230.

229
Parts removal

6. If the printer had eSF apps previously installed, then confirm from the customer if all the eSF
apps have been installed after performing the installation instructions in the Readme file.

Note:

• If you are unable to access the administrative menus to verify that the printer is
restored, then ask the customer for access rights.
• If a 10.00 error appears after you restart the printer, then contact the next level of
support.

Restoring solutions, licenses, and configuration

settings
To load the zip files that are extracted from the Service Restore Tool, do the following:

1. Open a web browser, and then type the printer IP address.

230
Parts removal

2. Click Import Configuration, and then click Browse.

3. Navigate to the folder where the zip files are extracted from the Service Restore Tool.

231
Parts removal

4. Select the file to import, and then click Import.

5. Repeat step 2 through step 4 for the other files that are included in the extracted zip file.

Updating the printer firmware

Warning—Potential Damage
Before updating the printer firmware, ask the next level of support for the correct
code. Using an incorrect code level may damage the printer.

Using a flash drive

Note: The printer must be in ready state to update the firmware.

This option is available only in printer models with front USB port.

1. Insert the flash drive into the USB port.

2. Depending on the printer model, do any of the following:

◦ From the control panel, navigate to USB Menu: Print from USB > Accept or OK, and
then select the file that you need to flash.
◦ Select the firmware file.

Note: Do not turn off the printer while the update is going on.

232
Parts removal

Using a network computer

Using the File Transfer Protocol (FTP)

Note: The printer must be in ready state to update the firmware.

1. Turn on the printer.

2. Obtain the IP address from the home screen.
3. From the command prompt of a network computer, open an FTP session to the printer IP
address.
4. Use a PUT command to place the firmware file on the printer.

The printer performs a POR sequence and terminates the FTP session.

Using the Embedded Web Server

Note: The printer must be in ready state to update the firmware.

1. Open a web browser, and then type the printer IP address.

2. Click Settings > Device > Update Firmware.
3. Select the file to use.

The printer performs a POR sequence and terminates the EWS session.

Using a USB cable connection

Note: Make sure that the cable is connected to the rear USB port.

Using USB Flash Utility

1. Go to support.lexmark.com, and then download USB Flash Utility.

2. Extract, and then run the utility.
3. Click Browse Files, and then browse to the firmware file directory.
4. Select the firmware file.
5. Select the source printer.
6. Click Start.

Using USButil

1. Go to support.lexmark.com, and then download USButil.

2. Extract, and then drag and drop the firmware file onto the USButil icon.
3. A command prompt window appears briefly.

Note: Make sure to disconnect other USB devices when using USButil.

233
Parts removal

Backing up eSF solutions and settings

Notes
Export the eSF solutions and settings from the printer before replacing the
controller board.

Exporting eSF solutions and settings file

1. Reset the printer into Invalid engine mode. See Entering Invalid engine mode on page 212.
2. Open a web browser, and then type the printer IP address.

Notes
If the web page cannot be accessed or an error occurs when starting the printer into
Invalid engine mode, then data backup is not an option. Inform the customer that the
data cannot be saved.

3. Click Apps, click Export Configuration, and then select one of the options in the dropdown
menu.
4. Click Export.

Notes
The size limit of the export file is 128 KB.

Disconnecting ribbon cables

Warning—Potential Damage
The ribbon cable and its socket may get damaged if it is not properly disconnected.
When disconnecting the cable, hold its connector and press its tab before
unplugging it.

234
Parts removal

Ribbon cable connectors

Zero Insertion Force (ZIF) connectors

Zero Insertion Force (ZIF) connectors are used on the boards and cards used in this
printer. Before inserting or removing a cable from these connectors, observe the following
precautions.

Warning—Potential Damage
Do not insert the cable so that the contacts are facing the locking actuator. The
contacts always face away from the actuator.

Warning—Potential Damage
Do not insert the cable diagonally into the ZIF socket. This action can damage the
contacts on the cable.

235
Parts removal

Warning—Potential Damage
Avoid using a fingernail, or sharp object to open the locking mechanism. This action
can damage the cable.

Warning—Potential Damage
Avoid pressing against the cable when opening the locking mechanism. This action
can also damage the cable.

These are the types of ZIF connectors used in this printer:

• Horizontal top contact connector

• Horizontal bottom contact connector
• Vertical mount contact connector
• Horizontal sliding connector

Horizontal top contact connector

The horizontal top contact connector uses a back flip locking actuator to lock the ribbon
cable into the Zero Insertion Force (ZIF) connector. The cable is inserted horizontally into
the connector.

Warning—Potential Damage
When opening or closing this type of actuator, gently lift or close the two tabs
located on each end of the actuator. The two tabs should be moved simultaneously.
Do not close the actuator from the center of the actuator.

Removing a cable from the horizontal top contact connector

1. Place a finger at each end of the locking actuator, and then gently lift the actuator to the
unlocked position.

236
Parts removal

2. Slide the cable out of the connector.

Inserting a cable into the horizontal top contact connector

1. When installing the cable, check the locking actuator to ensure it is in the unlocked position.
The tabs on the ends of the actuator are vertical when the actuator is unlocked.

237
Parts removal

2. Insert the cable with the contacts on the cable facing up. Insert the cable on top of the
actuator.

Note: Verify that the cable is installed squarely into the connector. If the cable is not
squarely installed, then intermittent failures can occur.

238
Parts removal

3. Rotate the locking actuator to the locked position. The cable must not move while this step is
performed. If the cable moves, open the actuator, reposition the cable, and then close the
actuator to the down position.

239
Parts removal

Horizontal bottom contact connector

The horizontal bottom contact connector uses a flip locking actuator to lock the ribbon
cable into the Zero Insertion Force (ZIF) connector. The cable is inserted horizontally into
the connector.

Warning—Potential Damage
When opening or closing this type of actuator, gently lift the center of the actuator
using your finger. Do not use a fingernail or screwdriver to open the actuator. This
can damage the ribbon cable. Do not close the actuator from the ends of the
actuator.

Removing a cable from the horizontal bottom contact connector

1. Place two fingers towards each end of the locking actuator, and then gently lift the actuator
to the unlocked position.

240
Parts removal

2. Slide the cable out of the connector.

Inserting a cable into the horizontal bottom contact connector

1. Check the actuator to verify that it is in the open position.

241
Parts removal

2. Insert the cable into the (Zero Insertion Force) ZIF connector with the contacts facing
downward and away from the locking actuator. Insert the cable below the actuator.

Notes
Verify that the cable is installed squarely into the connector. If the cable is not
squarely installed, then intermittent failures can occur.

242
Parts removal

3. Place your finger in the middle of the actuator, and then rotate the locking actuator to the
locked position.

243
Parts removal

Vertical mount contact connector

The vertical mount contact connector uses a back flip locking actuator to lock the ribbon
cable into the Zero Insertion Force (ZIF) connector. The cable is inserted vertically into the
connector.

Warning—Potential Damage
When opening or closing this type of actuator, gently lift the center of the actuator
using your finger. Do not use a fingernail or screwdriver to open the actuator. This
could damage the ribbon cable. Do not close the actuator from the ends of the
actuator.

Removing a cable from the vertical mount contact connector

1. Gently rotate the locking actuator from the center of the actuator to the unlocked position.

244
Parts removal

2. Slide the cable out of the connector.

Inserting a cable into the vertical mount contact connector

1. When installing the cable, check the locking actuator to verify it is in the open position.

245
Parts removal

2. Insert the cable with the contacts on the cable away from the locking actuator. Insert the
cable on top of the actuator.

Note: Verify that the cable is installed squarely into the connector. If the cable is not
squarely installed, then intermittent failures could occur.

246
Parts removal

3. Rotate the locking actuator to the locked position by pressing down on both ends of the
actuator. The cable must not move while this step is performed. If the cable moves, open the
actuator, reposition the cable, and then close the actuator to the down position.

247
Parts removal

Horizontal sliding contact connector

The horizontal sliding contact connector uses a slide locking actuator to lock the ribbon
cable into the Zero Insertion Force (ZIF) connector. The cable is inserted horizontally into
the connector.

Warning—Potential Damage
When opening or closing this type of actuator, gently push or pull the two tabs
located on each end of the actuator. Do not close the actuator from the center of
the actuator. Do not use a screwdriver to open or close the actuator. Damage to the
cable or connector could occur.

Removing a cable from the horizontal sliding contact connector

1. Simultaneously slide the two tabs on the ends of the locking actuator away from the
connector.

248
Parts removal

2. Slide the cable out of the connector.

Inserting a cable into the horizontal sliding contact connector

1. When installing the cable, check the locking actuator to verify it is in the open position. If you
are opening the connector, then pull back on both end tabs using equal force to avoid
breaking the connector.

249
Parts removal

2. Insert the cable with the contacts on the cable facing away from the locking actuator. Insert
the cable on top of the actuator.

250
Parts removal

3. Slide the locking actuator towards the connector, locking the cable into place. The cable
must not move while this step is performed. If the cable moves, open the actuator, reposition
the cable, and then close the actuator to the down position.

251
Parts removal

Low Insertion Force (LIF) connector

Warning—Potential Damage
When installing a cable into the LIF connector, make sure to avoid bending the
edges of the cables and damaging the contacts on the cables.

Inserting a cable into the LIF connector

1. Looking at the connector, take note on which side the contacts are located. Many boards
have the word contacts stamped on them to indicate which side of the LIF has the contacts.
When looking at the board, take note that the contacts from the board to the connector are
on the side of the connector with the contacts.

252
Parts removal

2. Insert the cable squarely into the connector.

Note: Verify that the cable is installed straight into the connector. If the cable is not
installed properly, then intermittent failures could occur.

253
Parts removal

Adjustments
Registration adjustment
Image misalignments can occur after printhead replacement. Perform the succeeding
procedures to correct the position of the image relative to the paper edges.

Notes

• You cannot perform mechanical registration or skew adjustments on the printhead.

• Before performing the procedures, make sure that the tray guides are properly set
and the paper settings on the printer match the size of the paper loaded in the tray.

Adjusting the skew

The skew adjustment changes the angle of the horizontal lines so that the lines are aligned
with the leading edge of the page. As the skew setting is changed, the top line on the test
page stays in place at the left end, while its right end tilts up or down. All horizontal lines on
the page tilt at that same angle while the vertical lines remain at the same angle.

254
Parts removal

Changing the skew setting moves the right edge of the page up or down, and changes the
angle of the top and bottom lines. If the skew is properly adjusted, then the horizontal line
at the top of the page is parallel to the leading edge of the page.

To check for skew, do the following:

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu.

a. Select .
b. Select **36, and then select OK.
2. Navigate to:

Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Registration adjust

3. Select Quick Test, and then select Start.

The printer prints a test page.

Note: If there is no skew on the page, then see Registration adjustment on page
254.

255
Parts removal

To adjust the skew, do the following:

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu.

a. Select .
b. Select **36, and then select OK.
2. Navigate to:

Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Registration adjust > Top skew
3. Specify the value. The value range is from -100 to 100.

Notes
◦ Raising the value of the skew rotates the horizontal lines clockwise. The left
end of the line remains in the same place and the right end moves downward.
◦ Decreasing the value of the skew rotates the horizontal lines
counterclockwise. The left end of the line remains in the same place and the
right end moves upward.

4. Select OK.
5. Print a Quick Test Page to verify the change.
6. Repeat step 1 through step 5 until the horizontal line is properly aligned with the leading
edge of the page.
7. Check for proper margin alignment. See Registration adjustment on page 254.

Adjusting the top and bottom margins

1. Load Letter‑ or A4‑size paper into tray 1.

2. Select Settings > Paper > Tray Configuration > Default Source > Tray 1.
3. Verify that the paper type and size settings match the type and size of the paper loaded in
the tray.
4. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to Printer diagnostics & adjustments >
Registration adjust.
5. Select Quick Test, and then select Start.

The printer prints a test page.

6. Check the top and bottom margins of the test page for correct alignment.

Notes
◦ The arrows must be completely visible along the edges.
◦ The tip of the arrows should point to the edges of the paper.

256
Parts removal

7. Change the value of the top margin or bottom margin as needed.

a. Select the margin that needs adjustment.

b. Enter a value in the field.

Notes
▪ The value range is from ‑80 to 80.
▪ Increasing the value of the top margin pushes the top edge of the image
downward. Increasing the value of the bottom margin pushes the bottom
edge of the image upward.

c. Select Start.
8. Print a test page to verify the changes.
9. Repeat step 7 through step 8 as needed.
10. Check for proper color alignment. See Registration adjustment on page 254.

Adjusting the color alignment

The Color alignment procedure is performed on the cyan, magenta, and yellow colors only.

1. Enter the Diagnostics menu.

a. Select .
b. Select **36, and then select OK.
2. Navigate to:

Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Color alignment adjust

On the AA Adjustment row, select Start.

3. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Color alignment adjust > Cyan > Quick test

Check the alignment markings on the test page generated. Follow the instructions on the test
page to correct the color misalignment.
4. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Color alignment adjust > Yellow > Quick test

257
Parts removal

Check the alignment markings on the test page generated. Follow the instructions on the test
page to correct the color misalignment.
5. Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Color alignment adjust > Magenta > Quick test

Check the alignment markings on the test page generated. Follow the instructions on the test
page to correct the color misalignment.
6. If color misalignment still occurs, then repeat step 1 through step 5.

Scanner Manual Registration

Use this setting to register the flatbed and ADF on the scanner. Perform a registration
adjustment whenever the ADF, flatbed, or controller board is replaced.

Note: This setting does not appear if the Disable Scanner setting is set to Auto
Disabled.

For more information on adjusting the scanner registration, see ADF registration
adjustment on page 258 and Flatbed registration adjustment on page 258.

ADF registration adjustment

1. From the home screen, navigate to Settings > Device > Maintenance > Configuration
Menu > Scanner Configuration > Scanner Manual Registration.
2. From the Print Quick Test section, press OK or touch Start.
3. Place the test page faceup on the ADF, and then select Front ADF Registration.
4. From the Copy Quick Test section, press OK or touch Start.
5. Compare the pages from the print quick and copy quick tests.
6. Adjust the value of the horizontal adjust, top margin, horizontal magnification, and vertical
magnification settings.
7. Apply the changes.
8. Repeat step 2 through step 7 to make further adjustments.
9. From the Print Quick Test section, press OK or touch Start.
10. Place the quick test page facedown on the ADF, and then select Rear ADF Registration.
11. From the Copy Quick Test section, press OK or touch Start.
12. Compare the pages from the print quick and copy quick tests.
13. Adjust the value of the horizontal adjust, top margin, horizontal magnification, and vertical
magnification settings.
14. Apply the changes.
15. Repeat step 2 through step 14 to make further adjustments.

Flatbed registration adjustment

1. From the home screen, navigate to:

Settings > Device > Maintenance > Configuration Menu > Scanner Configuration >
Scanner Manual Registration
2. From the Print Quick Test section, press OK or touch Start.
3. Place the test page on the flatbed, and then select Flatbed Registration.
4. From the Copy Quick Test section, press OK or touch Start.

258
Parts removal

5. Compare the pages from the print quick and copy quick tests.
6. Adjust the value of the horizontal adjust, top margin, horizontal magnification, and vertical
magnification settings.
7. Apply the changes.
8. Repeat step 2 through step 7 to make further adjustments.

TPS characterization data entry

Notes
This procedure only applies to a new sensor (TPS).

Follow the instructions on the accompanying FRU sheet of the sensor (TPS).

Removal procedures
Keep the following tips in mind as you replace parts:

• Some removal procedures require removing cable ties. You must replace cable ties during
reassembly to avoid pinching wires, obstructing the paper path, or restricting mechanical
movement.
• Remove the toner cartridges, imaging kit, and trays before removing other printer parts. The
imaging kit must be carefully set on a clean, smooth, and flat surface. It must also be
protected from light while out of the printer.
• Disconnect all external cables from the printer to prevent possible damage during service.
• Unless otherwise stated, reinstall the parts in reverse order of removal.
• When reinstalling a part held with several screws, start all screws before the final tightening.
• For printers that have an electronic power switch, make sure to unplug the power cord after
powering off.

Left side removals

Left cover removal
1. Remove the two screws (A).

259
Parts removal

2. Remove the screw (B).

260
Parts removal

3. Place the left side of the printer on the edge of the table, and then remove the cover.

261
Parts removal

Installation Note
When replacing the left cover, flex the cover slightly to engage the tab near the
power switch.

EP drive removal

Notes
For a video demonstration, see EP drive removal.

1. Open the front door.

2. Remove the right cover.
3. Remove the toner cartridges.
4. Remove the waste toner bottle.
5. Remove the imaging kit.
6. Remove the two screws (A) at the back.

262
Parts removal

7. Remove the screw (B) on the left side, and then remove the left cover.

263
Parts removal

8. Disconnect the connectors (C) from the EP drive.

9. Remove the three screws (D).

264
Parts removal

10. Remove the two screws (E).

265
Parts removal

11. Remove the EP drive.

LVPS removal

Notes
For a video demonstration, see LVPS removal.

1. Turn off the printer, and then unplug the power cord.
2. Remove the left cover. See .Left cover removal on page 259
3. Disconnect the three cables (A).

266
Parts removal

4. Remove the seven screws (B), and then remove the LVPS.

267
Parts removal

Sensor (fuser exit) removal

1. Remove the left cover. See Left cover removal on page 259.
2. Remove the cable (A) from its retainer (B).

268
Parts removal

3. Disconnect the cable (C).

269
Parts removal

4. Disconnect the cable (D).

270
Parts removal

5. Unhook the two springs (E) from both sides of the fuser.

271
Parts removal

6. Disconnect the two thermistor cables (F), and then remove the screw (G).

272
Parts removal

7. Rotate the fuser toward the front, disconnect the cable (H), and then remove the screw (I).

273
Parts removal

8. Using a flat-head screwdriver, remove the lower end of the sensor, and then gently pull the
sensor from the frame.

Speaker removal
1. Remove the control panel top cover.
2. Disconnect the cable (A), remove the two screws (B), and then remove the speaker.

274
Parts removal

Right side removals

Motor (fuser drive) removal
1. Remove the right cover.
2. Disconnect the cable (A).

275
Parts removal

3. Remove the two screws (B), and then remove the motor.

276
Parts removal

277
Parts removal

Toner meter card removal

1. Remove the imaging kit. See Imaging kit removal on page 290.
2. Remove the rear cover.
3. Disconnect the cable (A), and then push the TMC card cable through the frame opening.

Notes
Pay attention to the cable routing.

4. Remove the four screws (B).

278
Parts removal

5. Insert a flat‑head screwdriver into the left side of the frame, and then pry the card loose to
remove it.

279
Parts removal

280
Parts removal

Installation Note
◦ Make sure to run the cable (C) through the retainer.

◦ The TMC card is a tight fit. Insert the bottom edge inside the frame first, and
then push down on the top edge to clear the top cover.

Sensor (toner patch) removal

Notes
For a video demonstration, see Sensor (toner patch) removal.

1. Remove the transfer module. See Transfer module removal on page 324.
2. Remove the spring (A).

281
Parts removal

3. Remove the three screws (B).

282
Parts removal

4. Remove the sensor (toner patch) (C).

5. Disconnect the connector, and then unroute the cable (D).

283
Parts removal

HVPS removal

Notes
For a video demonstration, see HVPS removal.

1. Remove the eight screws (A), and then remove the rear cover.

284
Parts removal

2. Disconnect all the connectors (B).

285
Parts removal

3. Remove the six screws (C).

286
Parts removal

4. Remove the engine board (D).

5. Remove the transfer module. See Transfer module removal on page 324.
6. Disconnect the connector (E).

287
Parts removal

7. Remove the screw (F).

8. Press and hold the three transfer module contacts (G).

288
Parts removal

9. While pressing on the contacts, carefully pull out the HVPS (H).

Installation Note
To avoid breaking the HVPS, slowly insert it during installation.

289
Parts removal

Imaging kit removal

Notes
This is not a FRU.

Installation Note
The imaging kit contains the photoconductor unit and developer units. When you
replace the imaging kit, you are replacing the photoconductor unit and developer
units.

1. Remove the waste toner bottle. See .Waste toner bottle removal on page 301
2. Remove the toner cartridges.
3. Lift the two latches (A) to unlock the imaging kit.

290
Parts removal

4. Pull the two latches.

291
Parts removal

5. Press and hold the two handles (B) and the latch (C), and then pull the imaging kit to
remove.

Notes
Do not touch the underside of the imaging kit.

292
Parts removal

Toner access door removal

1. Open the toner access door.

293
Parts removal

294
Parts removal

2. Push the latch, and then remove the right cover.

3. Pull and then remove the toner access door.

Right cover removal

1. Open the front door.

295
Parts removal

2. Open the toner access door.

296
Parts removal

297
Parts removal

3. Push the latch, and then remove the right cover.

Toner cartridge contacts removal

1. Remove the right cover.
2. Remove the waste toner bottle. See Waste toner bottle removal on page 301.
3. Remove the imaging kit. See Imaging kit removal on page 290.
4. Remove the rear cover.
5. Remove the screw (A) to allow access to the cable cover.

Notes
Do not remove the waste toner bottle contact block.

6. Remove the four screws (B), and then remove the cable cover.

298
Parts removal

7. Place the printer on its left side.

8. Remove the screw (C), and then release the two tabs (D).

299
Parts removal

9. Slide the toner cartridge contacts to the left to remove it.

10. Disconnect the cable (E) from the controller board.

Installation Note
If used, pay attention to the assembly of the cable and toroid.

11. Remove the cable from its retainer at the bottom of the printer.
12. Extract the cable through the frame, and then remove the cable with the spring contacts.

Notes
If the cable has a toroid, unwrap the cable from the toroid, and then make sure to
use the same number of wraps on the new cable.

300
Parts removal

Waste toner bottle removal

Notes
This is not a FRU.

1. Remove the right cover.

2. Press the two tabs (A) to release the waste toner bottle.

Waste toner bottle contact block removal

Notes
For a video demonstration, see Waste toner bottle contact block removal.

1. Open the front door.

2. Remove the right cover.
3. Remove the toner cartridges.
4. Remove the waste toner bottle.
5. Remove the imaging kit.
6. Remove the eight screws (A), and then remove the rear cover.

301
Parts removal

7. Disconnect the connector (B) from the engine board.

302
Parts removal

8. Unroute the cable, and then remove the toroid (C) from the cable.

9. Remove the screw (D).

303
Parts removal

10. Remove the waste toner bottle contact block (E).

304
Parts removal

Front removals
Front door removal

Notes
For a video demonstration, see Front door removal.

1. Remove the tray insert.

2. Open the front door.
3. Remove the four screws (A), and then remove the upper front cover.

4. Remove the six screws (B).

5. Remove the three screws (C).

305
Parts removal

6. Release the left and right door straps.

306
Parts removal

7. Route the interlock switch cover (D) away from the door.

8. Remove the left hinge (E) from the left subframe.

307
Parts removal

9. Remove the right hinge (F) from the right subframe.

10. Remove the front door.

Sensor (front door) removal

Notes
For a video demonstration, see Sensor (front door) removal.

1. Open the front door.

2. Remove the right cover.
3. Remove the toner cartridges.
4. Remove the waste toner bottle.
5. Remove the imaging kit.
6. Release the left and right door straps (A).

308
Parts removal

7. Remove the six screws (B).

309
Parts removal

8. Remove the three screws (C).

9. Remove the cable cover (D).

10. Unroute the interlock switch (E) cover away from the door.

310
Parts removal

11. Remove the eight screws (F), and then remove the rear cover.

311
Parts removal

12. Disconnect the connector (G) from the controller board.

312
Parts removal

13. Disconnect the connector (H) from the engine board.

14. Remove the screw (I).

313
Parts removal

15. Remove the sensor, and then unroute the cable (J).

Front door inner paper feed guide removal

Notes
For a video demonstration, see Front door inner paper feed guide removal.

1. Open the front door.

314
Parts removal

2. Release the two door straps (A) from the frame.

3. Remove the nine screws (B), and then remove the paper feed guide.

315
Parts removal

Fuser removal

Notes
For a video demonstration, see Fuser removal.

1. Open the front door.

2. Remove the right cover.
3. Remove the toner cartridges.
4. Remove the waste toner bottle.
5. Remove the imaging kit.
6. Remove the two screws (A) at the back.

316
Parts removal

7. Remove the screw (B) on the left side, and then remove the left cover.

317
Parts removal

8. Disconnect the connectors (C) from the power supply.

318
Parts removal

9. Disconnect the connector (D) from the narrow media/bin full flag, and then unroute the cable
from its retainer.

319
Parts removal

10. Disconnect the springs (E) from both sides of the fuser.

11. Disconnect the thermistor connectors (F).

320
Parts removal

12. Remove the two screws (G).

321
Parts removal

13. Remove the static brush holder (H).

14. Remove the fuser.

322
Parts removal

Installation Note
Install the flags (A) from the old fuser into the new fuser.

323
Parts removal

Transfer module removal

Notes
For a video demonstration, see Transfer module removal.

1. Remove the right cover.

2. Remove the waste toner bottle.
3. Remove the imaging kit. See Imaging kit removal on page 290.
4. Disconnect the spring (A) on the right side.

324
Parts removal

5. Release the left and right door straps (B).

325
Parts removal

6. Disconnect the spring (C).

326
Parts removal

7. Raise the cam (D) and spring (E).

327
Parts removal

8. Place the tip of a flat-head screwdriver in between the release lever (F) and the frame, and
then rotate the screwdriver to rotate the release lever and decouple the transfer module
while pulling it toward the front.

Warning—Potential Damage
Make sure that the lever is in the fully released position before removing the transfer
module.

328
Parts removal

9. Hold the release lever as you pull out the transfer module for the first four inches (100 mm).
A quick and firm pull should overcome the latch at this point.
10. Remove the transfer module.

329
Parts removal

Installation notes:

1. Do not rotate the release lever again to install the new transfer module. Doing so may cause
the incorrect seating of the transfer module. The coupler is rotated out of the way as the
transfer module slides in.
2. Rotate the right side spring clamp (G) and left side cam back to their original positions, and
then rehook the springs.

330
Parts removal

3. Make sure to reset the ITM counter after installing the new transfer module.
Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:

Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Supply reset > ITM reset

Control panel removal

Notes
For a video demonstration, see Control panel removal.

1. Release the hinge (A).

331
Parts removal

2. Remove the three screws (B).

332
Parts removal

3. Disconnect the connector and ground cable (C).

333
Parts removal

4. Remove the control panel.

Bottom removals
Pick tires removal

Warning—Potential Damage
Remove only the rubber tires and not the paper pick tire to avoid losing small parts.

1. Lower the paper pick motor drive .

2. Remove the rubber tire (A) from the pick roll (B). Repeat for the other tire.

334
Parts removal

Installation Note
Install the new rubber tires with the surface texture turning in the direction as shown
in the following:

335
Parts removal

Notes
Feel each rubber surface to verify that it turns in the proper direction. The smoother
surface pushes the paper toward the front of the printer.

Lower left frame removal

Notes
The lower left frame and lower right frame are in the same FRU.

1. Remove the tray insert.

2. Remove the screw (A).

336
Parts removal

3. Remove the waste toner bottle. See Waste toner bottle removal on page 301.
4. Remove the imaging kit. See Imaging kit removal on page 290.
5. Remove the left cover. See Left cover removal on page 259.
6. Disconnect the three cables (B).

337
Parts removal

7. Remove the flatbed scanner.

8. Remove the five screws (C).

338
Parts removal

9. Position the fuser cable (D) so that it can be pulled through from the front of the printer, and
then guide the cable through the front.

Warning—Potential Damage
Do not pull the cable too hard or cut the cable insulation.

339
Parts removal

10. Remove the bin full/narrow media sensor flag.

11. Disconnect the cable (E), and then remove it from its retainer.

340
Parts removal

12. Unhook the two springs (F) from both sides of the fuser.

341
Parts removal

342
Parts removal

13. Disconnect the two cables (G), and then pull them over the retainer.
14. Remove the screw (H).

Notes
Do not lose the grounding washer.

15. Remove the two screws (I).

343
Parts removal

16. Rotate the top of the fuser toward the front, and then slide the fuser to the left to align the
fuser side frames with the flat area of the shaft.
17. Disconnect the cable (J).

344
Parts removal

18. Lift the front left corner of the top cover, and then tilt the LVPS cage (K) to remove the cage.

Note:
◦ At the bottom of the cage on the left side, disengage the two posts.
◦ Pay attention to the sensor (fuser exit) which remains on the cage.

345
Parts removal

19. Place the printer on its right side.

20. Remove the connector (L).

346
Parts removal

21. At the rear of the printer, remove the five screws (M).

22. Remove the AC receptacle from the lower left frame.

23. Remove the three screws (N).

347
Parts removal

24. Tilt the front door down, detach the door from the frame, and then remove the screw (O).

25. Swing the lower left frame away from the printer to remove it.

348
Parts removal

Lower right frame removal

Notes
For a video demonstration, see Lower right frame removal.

1. Remove the tray insert.

2. Remove the waste toner bottle. See Waste toner bottle removal on page 301.
3. Remove the imaging kit. See Imaging kit removal on page 290.
4. Remove the screw (A), and then remove the four screws (B).

349
Parts removal

Note:
◦ Do not unplug the waste toner bottle sensor contact.
◦ The cable cover is part of the lower right frame.

5. Place the printer on its left side.

6. Remove the four screws (C).

350
Parts removal

7. Lift the lower right frame pin (D) out of the hole on the printer frame.

351
Parts removal

8. Remove the sensor retainer plate (E).

352
Parts removal

9. Remove the sensor, and then disconnect the cable (F).

353
Parts removal

10. Swing the rear part away from the printer, and then remove the spring (G).

354
Parts removal

11. Disconnect the cable (H).

355
Parts removal

12. Swing the rear of the lower right frame away from the printer to remove it.
13. From inside the lower right frame, remove the screw (I), and then remove the spring bracket.

356
Parts removal

14. Disconnect the cable (J), remove the screw (K), and then remove the sensor (L).

357
Parts removal

Installation Note
1. Reinstall the spring bracket and the weather station.
2. Before installing the lower right frame, connect the cable to the sensor (tray
present), and then put the spring in place.
3. Install the weather station on the new lower right frame.

Sensor (duplex) removal

1. Remove the imaging kit. See Imaging kit removal on page 290.
2. Remove the two screws (A).

358
Parts removal

3. Pull the corner of the cable cover (B) away from the right side to access the two sensor posts
(C).

359
Parts removal

4. Remove the sensor plate (D).

5. Press on the latches to detach the sensor from the printer frame.
6. Disconnect the cable (E).

360
Parts removal

Installation Note
1. Clean the contact surface where the sensor retaining plate was removed
before installing the new sensor.

Notes
Make sure that the clamps on the sensor legs are securely attached to
the printer frame.

2. Remove the backing from the new sensor retaining plate, and then place the
plate on the surface between the sensor mounting latches.

Transfer module guide removal

1. Remove the tray insert.
2. Remove the right cover. See Right cover removal on page 295.
3. Remove the waste toner bottle. See Waste toner bottle removal on page 301.
4. Remove the imaging kit. See Imaging kit removal on page 290.
5. Remove the transfer module. See Transfer module removal on page 324.
6. Remove the fuser. See Fuser removal on page 316.
7. Remove the left cover. See Left cover removal on page 259.
8. Remove the LVPS. See LVPS removal on page 266.
9. Loosen the lower left frame.
10. Remove the screw (A).

361
Parts removal

11. Remove the two screws securing the transfer module guide to the frame.

Notes
Use either a short #2 Phillips or a right angle screwdriver.

362
Parts removal

12. Remove the spring (B).

Notes
Pay attention to how the spring is attached to the bail.

363
Parts removal

13. Using a spring hook or screwdriver, press and hold the transfer module drive coupling (C),
and then tilt the guide up from the side with the screw holes to remove it.

364
Parts removal

Sensor (tray present) removal

1. Remove the imaging kit. See Imaging kit removal on page 290.
2. Remove the screw (A) securing the waste toner bottle sensor contact to access the cable
cover.

Notes
Do not unplug the waste toner bottle sensor contact.

3. Remove the four screws (B), and then remove the cable cover.

365
Parts removal

4. Remove the lower right frame. See .Lower right frame removal on page 349
5. Remove the sensor retaining plate (C), and then press on the latches together to remove the
sensor.

366
Parts removal

6. Disconnect the sensor cable.

Installation Note
1. Clean the contact surface where the sensor retaining plate was removed
before installing the new sensor.
2. Remove the backing from the new sensor retaining plate, and then place the
plate on the surface between the sensor mounting latches.
3. Connect the cable to the sensor.
4. Replace the spring.

Tray 1 media feeder removal

1. Remove the waste toner bottle. See Waste toner bottle removal on page 301.
2. Remove the imaging kit. See Imaging kit removal on page 290.
3. Remove the left cover. See Left cover removal on page 259.
4. Remove the rear cover.
5. Disconnect the cable (A) from the JSP1 connector on the controller board.
6. Route the cable through the opening (B), and then remove the cable from its retainer (C).

367
Parts removal

7. Partially reinstall the rear cover to protect the controller board.

8. Place the printer on its rear, and then remove the two screws (D).

368
Parts removal

9. On the right side, loosen the screw (E) with a screwdriver, and then remove it while holding
the paper feed roller.

369
Parts removal

10. Move the right side of the paper feed roller out to free the shaft from the opening in the
frame.

370
Parts removal

Notes
Pay attention to the location of the shaft and the opening in the frame.

11. Remove the paper feed roller.

Installation Note
1. Place the left side of the paper feed roller in the printer. Make sure that the
shaft on the left side aligns with the hole in the frame.
2. Reinstall the three screws holding the paper feed roller to the printer.
3. Place the printer on the upright position.
4. Reroute the cable, and then make sure to secure the cable in its retainer on
the left side.
5. Remove the rear cover, and then reconnect the cable on the controller board.
6. Replace the rear cover.

Rear side removals

Rear cover removal
1. Remove the eight screws (A).

371
Parts removal

2. Remove the rear cover.

Controller board removal

Warning—Potential Damage
Perform a POR after replacing one of the following components. Do not replace
both components without performing a POR after installing each one.

• Engine board
• Controller board

Notes
Before removing the controller board, make sure that other electronic options or
attachments are already removed.

1. Remove the rear cover. See Rear cover removal on page 371.

372
Parts removal

2. Remove all cables (A).

3. Remove the wireless module (B).

373
Parts removal

4. Remove the Trusted Platform Module (TPM) (C).

374
Parts removal

5. Remove the four screws (D).

375
Parts removal

6. Remove the controller board.

Installation Note
Reinstall the TPM back to the new controller board.

376
Parts removal

Top side removals

Top cover removal

Notes
For a video demonstration, see Top cover removal.

1. Remove the flatbed scanner. See Flatbed scanner removal on page 381.
2. Remove the screw (A).

3. Remove the bin extender (B).

377
Parts removal

4. Remove the screw (C).

378
Parts removal

5. Remove the top cover.

Printhead removal
1. Remove the top cover. See Top cover removal on page 377.
2. Remove the three screws (A).

379
Parts removal

3. Remove the printhead (B).

380
Parts removal

Control panel base cover removal

1. Open the ADF. See ADF removal on page 400.
2. Tilt the control panel forward.
3. Remove the control panel base cover (A).

ADF/scanner removals
Flatbed scanner removal

Notes
For a video demonstration, see Flatbed scanner removal.

1. Turn off the printer, and then remove the supplies.

2. Remove the ADF. See ADF removal on page 400.
3. Remove the control panel base cover (A).

381
Parts removal

4. Remove the scanner left rear access cover (B).

5. Remove the three screws (C).

382
Parts removal

6. Remove the controller board shield.

7. Remove the scanner right rear access cover (D).

8. Disconnect the connector (E).

383
Parts removal

9. Remove the three screws (F).

10. Remove the three screws (G).

384
Parts removal

11. Remove the two screws (H).

12. Remove the flatbed scanner (I).

385
Parts removal

NOTE
Perform the ADF scanner calibration after replacing the ADF and scanner. For
more information, see Scanner Calibration Reset on page 197.

Scanner right support cover removal

Notes
For a video demonstration, see Scanner support right cover removal.

1. Remove the top cover. See Top cover removal on page 377.
2. Disconnect the connectors (A).

386
Parts removal

3. Remove the six screws (B).

4. Remove the scanner support right cover (C).

387
Parts removal

5. Remove the toroid (D).

6. Remove the two screws (E).

388
Parts removal

7. Remove the cable cover (F).

8. Unroute the cables (G).

389
Parts removal

9. Release the latch, and then remove the speaker cover (H).

10. Remove the speaker (I).

390
Parts removal

11. Disconnect the connector (J) from the speaker, and then unroute the cables.

391
Parts removal

Scanner left rear access cover removal

1. Remove the scanner left rear access cover.

Scanner right rear access cover removal

1. Remove the rear cover See Rear cover removal on page 371.
2. Remove the right cover. See Right cover removal on page 295.
3. Remove the scanner right rear access cover.

ADF rollers removal

1. Open door C.

Warning—Potential Damage
To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed metal frame of
the printer before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.

392
Parts removal

2. Remove the ADF pick roller.

393
Parts removal

3. Remove the ADF separator roller.

394
Parts removal

395
Parts removal

Installation Warning
To avoid damage and poor printer performance, make sure that your hands are
clean when handling the parts.

Scanner glass pad removal

1. Open the scanner cover.

2. Slowly remove the scanner glass pad.

Notes
The adhesive should not tear off the pad.

396
Parts removal

397
Parts removal

Installation Note
1. Place the white area of the new scanner glass pad facedown on the scanner
glass, and then remove the backing on the tape.

398
Parts removal

399
Parts removal

Notes
Make sure that the scanner glass pad is aligned correctly on the
edges of the scanner glass.

2. Close the scanner cover to stick the new scanner glass pad to the cover.

3. Open the scanner cover to check if the new scanner glass pad is properly
attached to the cover.

ADF removal

Notes
For a video demonstration, see ADF removal.

1. Release the latches, and then remove the cover.

400
Parts removal

2. Disconnect the FFC (A).

401
Parts removal

3. Slightly lift the ADF, and then disconnect the cables (B).

402
Parts removal

Note
Depending on the printer model, the cables may vary.

4. Remove the ADF.

NOTE
Perform the ADF scanner calibration after replacing the ADF and scanner. For
more information, see Scanner Calibration Reset on page 197.

ADF top cover removal

1. Open door C.

Warning—Potential Damage
To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed metal frame of
the printer before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.

403
Parts removal

2. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, release the hinges (A).

404
Parts removal

3. Remove the cover.

ADF right hinge removal

1. Remove the ADF. See ADF removal on page 400.
2. Remove the four screws (A), and then remove the hinge.

405
Parts removal

ADF left hinge removal

1. Remove the ADF. See ADF removal on page 400.
2. Remove the four screws (A), and then remove the hinge.

406
Parts removal

Options removals
650‑sheet duo tray insert removal
Pull out to remove the tray insert.

407
Parts removal

650‑sheet duo tray removal

Warning—Potential Damage
Make sure that the printer is turned off before removing the tray.

1. Carefully lift the printer, and set it aside on a flat surface.

2. Remove the tray.

408
Parts removal

Dust cover removal

1. Slightly raise the dust cover.
2. Pull the dust cover to remove.

409
Parts removal

Replacing parts and supplies

Replacing a toner cartridge
1. Open door B.

410
Parts removal

411
Parts removal

2. Remove the used toner cartridge.

3. Unpack the new toner cartridge.

4. Insert the new toner cartridge until it clicks into place.

412
Parts removal

5. Close the door.

Replacing an imaging kit

1. Open door B.

413
Parts removal

414
Parts removal

2. Open door A.

3. Remove the right cover.

415
Parts removal

4. Remove the waste toner bottle.

416
Parts removal

5. Remove the toner cartridges.

6. Remove the used imaging kit.

417
Parts removal

7. Unpack the new imaging kit.

418
Parts removal

Black imaging kit Black and color imaging kit

Note:
◦ The black imaging kit includes the imaging kit and the black developer unit.
◦ The black and color imaging kit includes the imaging kit and the black, cyan,
magenta, and yellow developer units.
◦ When replacing the black imaging kit, save the cyan, magenta, and yellow
developer units from the used imaging kit.

8. Remove the packing material.

419
Parts removal

Notes
If you are replacing the black imaging kit, then insert the magenta, cyan, and yellow
developer units into the new imaging kit.

Warning—Potential Damage
Do not expose the imaging kit to direct light. Extended exposure to light may cause
print quality problems.

420
Parts removal

Warning—Potential Damage
Do not touch the photoconductor drum. Doing so may affect the quality of future print
jobs.

9. Insert the new imaging kit until it is fully seated.

421
Parts removal

10. Insert the toner cartridges until they click into place.

422
Parts removal

11. Insert the waste toner bottle until it clicks into place.

423
Parts removal

12. Attach the right cover until it clicks into place.

424
Parts removal

13. Close door A, and then close door B.

425
Parts removal

Replacing the waste toner bottle

1. Open door B.

426
Parts removal

427
Parts removal

2. Open door A.

3. Remove the right cover.

428
Parts removal

4. Remove the used waste toner bottle.

429
Parts removal

Notes
To avoid spilling the toner, place the bottle in an upright position.

5. Unpack the new waste toner bottle.

6. Insert the new waste toner bottle until it clicks into place.

7. Attach the right cover until it clicks into place.

430
Parts removal

8. Close door A, and then close door B.

431
Parts removal

Replacing a developer unit

1. Open door B.

432
Parts removal

433
Parts removal

2. Open door A.

3. Remove the right cover.

434
Parts removal

4. Remove the waste toner bottle.

435
Parts removal

5. Remove the toner cartridges.

6. Remove the imaging kit.

436
Parts removal

437
Parts removal

7. Remove the used developer unit.

Warning—Potential Damage
Do not expose the imaging kit to direct light. Extended exposure to light may cause
print quality problems.

Warning—Potential Damage
Do not touch the photoconductor drum. Doing so may affect the quality of future print
jobs.

8. Remove the packing material.

9. Insert the new developer unit.

438
Parts removal

10. Insert the imaging kit until it is fully seated.

439
Parts removal

11. Insert the toner cartridges until they click into place.

440
Parts removal

12. Insert the waste toner bottle until it clicks into place.

441
Parts removal

13. Attach the right cover until it clicks into place.

442
Parts removal

14. Close door A, and then close door B.

443
Parts removal

Replacing the pick tires

1. Remove the tray.

2. Remove the used pick tires.

444
Parts removal

3. Unpack the new pick tires.

4. Insert the new pick tires.

445
Parts removal

Notes
Make sure that the edges of the pick tire treads are facing downward.

446
Parts removal

5. Insert the tray.

Replacing the right cover

1. Open door B.

447
Parts removal

448
Parts removal

2. Open door A.

3. Remove the used right cover.

449
Parts removal

4. Remove door B from the used right cover.

5. Unpack the new right cover.

6. Attach door B to the new right cover.

450
Parts removal

7. Attach the new right cover until it clicks into place.

451
Parts removal

8. Close door A, and then close door B.

452
Parts removal

Replacing MarkNet™ N8450 Wireless Print Server

1. Turn off the printer.
2. Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.
3. Remove the controller board shield.

Warning—Potential Damage
Controller board electronic components are easily damaged by static electricity.
Touch a metal surface on the printer before touching any controller board
components or connectors.

4. Open door B.

453
Parts removal

454
Parts removal

5. Release the latch, and then remove the used wireless print server.

6. Unpack the new wireless print server.

7. Insert the new wireless print server until it clicks into place.

455
Parts removal

8. Close door B.
9. Attach the controller board shield.

456
Parts removal

10. Connect the power cord to the electric outlet.

11. Turn on the printer.

Replacing the ADF rollers

1. Open door C.

457
Parts removal

2. Remove the used ADF pick roller.

458
Parts removal

3. Remove the used ADF separator roller.

459
Parts removal

460
Parts removal

4. Unpack the new ADF pick roller and ADF separator roller.
5. Insert the new ADF separator roller until it clicks into place.

461
Parts removal

462
Parts removal

6. Insert the new ADF pick roller until it clicks into place.

463
Parts removal

464
Parts removal

7. Close door C.

Replacing the scanner glass pad

1. Open the scanner cover.

2. Remove the used scanner glass pad.

3. Unpack the new scanner glass pad.

4. Place the white area of the new scanner glass pad facedown on the scanner glass, and then
remove the backing on the tape.

465
Parts removal

466
Parts removal

Notes
Make sure that the scanner glass pad is aligned correctly on the edges of the
scanner glass.

5. Close the scanner cover to stick the new scanner glass pad to the cover.

6. Open the scanner cover to check if the new scanner glass pad is properly attached to the
cover.
7. Close the scanner cover.

Replacing the staple refill

1. Open the convenience stapler access door.

467
Parts removal

2. Remove the staple cartridge.

3. Remove the empty staple refill.

468
Parts removal

4. Insert the new staple refill until it clicks into place.

5. Insert the staple cartridge, and then close the convenience stapler access door.

469
Parts removal

Notes
Check the LED indicator status. The convenience stapler is ready to use when the
blue light comes on.

Replacing the convenience stapler power supply

1. Unplug the power supply from the electrical outlet.
2. Remove the column cover and power supply cable.

470
Parts removal

3. Remove the convenience stapler.

471
Parts removal

4. Remove the used power supply.

472
Parts removal

5. Unpack the new power supply.

6. Insert the new power supply through the printer, and then connect it to the convenience
stapler.

7. Install the convenience stapler.

473
Parts removal

8. Position the power supply properly.

474
Parts removal

9. Attach the column cover.

Notes
Secure the power supply properly.

475
Parts removal

10. Connect one end of the stapler power cord to the power supply, and then the other end to
the electrical outlet.

Resetting the supply usage counters

1. From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Maintenance > Configuration Menu >
Supply Usage And Counters.
2. Select the counter that you want to reset.

Warning—Potential Damage
Supplies and parts without Return Program agreement terms may be reset and
remanufactured. However, the manufacturer’s warranty does not cover any
damage caused by non-genuine supplies or parts. Resetting counters on the
supply or part without proper remanufacturing can cause damage to your
printer. After resetting the supply or part counter, your printer may display an error
indicating the presence of the reset item.

476
Parts removal

Warning—Potential Damage
Supplies and parts without use‑and‑return program agreement terms may be reset
and remanufactured. However, the manufacturer’s warranty does not cover any
damage caused by non-genuine supplies or parts. Resetting counters on the
supply or part without proper remanufacturing can cause damage to your
printer. After resetting the supply or part counter, your printer may display an error
indicating the presence of the reset item.

477
Component locations

Component locations
Printer configurations
You can configure your printer by adding any of the following options:

• A 650-sheet duo tray

• A 650-sheet duo tray and up to two 550-sheet trays
• Up to three 550-sheet trays

For more information, see Installing optional trays on page 480.

478
Component locations

1 ADF tray

2 ADF bin

3 Control panel

4 Standard 250-sheet tray

479
Component locations

5 Optional 650-sheet duo tray

Notes
The tray is composed of a
550‑sheet tray and a
100‑sheet multipurpose
feeder.

6 Optional 550-sheet trays

7 Manual feeder

8 Standard bin

9 Convenience stapler

10 Automatic document feeder (ADF)

Installing optional trays

CAUTION—TIPPING HAZARD
Installing one or more options on your printer or MFP may require a caster
base, furniture, or other feature to prevent instability causing possible
injury. For more information on supported configurations, see
www.lexmark.com/multifunctionprinters.

CAUTION—TIPPING HAZARD
Para instalar uno o varios complementos en la impresora o el equipo
multifunción, puede ser necesario utilizar una base de ruedas, mobiliario u
otros elementos que eviten la inestabilidad del montaje y la consiguiente
posibilidad de sufrir lesiones. Para obtener más información sobre las
configuraciones compatibles, visite www.lexmark.com/multifunctionprinters.

CAUTION—TIPPING HAZARD
pour installer une ou plusieurs options sur votre imprimante ou votre MFP,
vous aurez peut-être besoin d'un support à roulettes, d'un meuble ou d'un
autre système prévu pour stabiliser la machine et éviter les blessures. Pour
plus d'informations sur les configurations possibles, consultez le site
www.lexmark.com/multifunctionprinters.

480
Component locations

CAUTION—TIPPING HAZARD
Wenn Sie mehrere Zuführungsoptionen am Drucker oder MFP angebracht
haben, sollten Sie aus Stabilitätsgründen einen Rollunterschrank, ein
Möbelstück oder Sonstiges verwenden, um Verletzungsrisiken zu
vermeiden. Weitere Informationen zu unterstützten Konfigurationen finden
Sie unter www.lexmark.com/multifunctionprinters

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
If the printer weight is greater than 20 kg (44 lb), then it may require two or
more people to lift it safely.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Si el peso de la impresora es superior a 20 kg (44 lb), pueden ser
necesarias dos o más personas para levantarla de forma segura.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Si votre imprimante pèse plus de 20 kg (44 lb), l'intervention d'au moins
deux personnes est nécessaire pour la soulever sans risque.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY
Wenn der Drucker mehr als 20 kg wiegt, sind zum sicheren Anheben unter
Umständen mindestens zwei Personen notwendig.

1. Turn off the printer.

2. Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet, and then from the printer.
3. Unpack the optional tray, and then remove all packing material.
4. Align the printer with the optional tray, and then lower the printer into place.

481
Component locations

Notes
To avoid invalid configuration, when installing both the 550-sheet tray and 650-sheet
tray, always place the 550-sheet tray below the 650-sheet tray.

5. Connect the power cord to the printer, and then to the electrical outlet.
6. Turn on the printer.

Add the tray in the print driver to make it available for print jobs. For more information, see
Adding available options in the print driver on page 482.

Adding available options in the print driver

For Windows users
1. Open the printers folder.
2. Select the printer you want to update, and then do either of the following:

◦ For Windows 7 or later, select Printer properties.

◦ For earlier versions, select Properties.
3. Navigate to the Configuration tab, and then select Update Now ‑ Ask Printer.
4. Apply the changes.

For Macintosh users

1. From System Preferences in the Apple menu, navigate to your printer, and then select
Options & Supplies.
2. Navigate to the list of hardware options, and then add any installed options.
3. Apply the changes.

482
Component locations

Port locations

Printer port Function

1 Power cord socket Connect the printer to a

properly grounded electrical
outlet.

2 LINE port Connect the printer to an

active telephone line
through a standard wall jack
Notes (RJ‑11), DSL filter, or VoIP
Available only in adapter, or any other
some printer adapter that allows you to
models. access the telephone line to
send and receive faxes.

3 Ethernet port Connect the printer to a

network.

4 USB printer port Connect the printer to a

computer.

5 USB port Attach a keyboard or any

compatible option.

483
Component locations

Roller locations
Standard paper path

1 MPF feed rollers

2 Tray 1 pick roller

3 Second transfer roller

4 Transfer belt

5 Fuser roller

6 Fuser belt

7 Fuser decurl roller

8 Fuser exit rollers

484
Component locations

Duplex paper path

1 Duplex staging rollers

2 Duplex transport rollers

3 Fuser exit roller

485
Component locations

Sensor locations

1 Sensor (tray present) Sensor (tray present)

removal on page 365

2 Sensor (duplex/manual Sensor (duplex)

feed) removal on page 358

3 Sensor (input) ‑‑

4 Sensor (fuser exit) Sensor (fuser exit)

removal on page 268

5 Sensor (bin full) ‑‑

486
Maintenance

Maintenance
Inspection guide
Use this guide in identifying the parts that must be inspected, cleaned, or replaced based
on the page count.
If any unsafe condition exists, find out the seriousness of the hazard. Assess if you can
continue before you correct the hazard or you should correct the hazard immediately.
As you service the machine, check for the following:

• Damaged, missing, or altered parts, especially in the area of the power switch and the power
supply
• Damaged, missing, or altered covers, especially in the area of the top cover and power
supply cover
• Possible safety exposure from any non-Lexmark attachments

Use the following table to determine when specified parts should be inspected:
Printer parts Every service Every 150K Every 300K Notes
call

Tray insert Inspect Inspect Inspect Check for

correct
• Width positioning.
guides
• Length
guides

Transfer Inspect Inspect Inspect Ensure correct

module installation.

Fuser Inspect Replace Inspect Ensure correct

installation.

Pick rollers Inspect and Inspect and Replace Clean with a

clean if clean if damp cloth.
• Tray needed. needed.
pick
roller
• MPF
pick
roller
• Separator
bracket

487
Maintenance

Printer parts Every service Every 150K Every 300K Notes

call

Paper path Inspect Inspect Inspect

rollers • Check
for
paper
fragments.
• Check
for
excessive
toner
build‑up
on
rollers.
• Clean
with
damp
cloth if
needed.

Others Clean Clean Clean Use a toner

vacuum and
• Toner cloth to
spillage remove all
toner spillage
from the
printer.

Scheduled maintenance
Maintenance kits
The control panel displays an 80.xx error when it reaches certain page counts. It is
necessary to replace the appropriate maintenance kit to maintain print quality and printer
reliability. For more information, see 80 user attendance error messages on page 157.

Notes
When replacing the maintenance kit, install all the parts that are included in the
box, and then reset the maintenance counter.

The printer may stop printing when the fuser rated life is reached. After 150K printed pages
(sides) a maintenance kit may be required.
The parts are available as a maintenance kit with the following part numbers:

488
Maintenance

Kit Contents Page count Notes

41X4999— 150K Reset the fuser

Maintenance kit, • 41X4996— maintenance
100 V Fuser, 100V counter after
• 40X5168— replacing the fuser
Pick roller maintenance kit.
See Resetting the
maintenance
counter on page
490.

41X5000— 150K Reset the fuser

Maintenance kit, • 41X4997— maintenance
110 V Fuser, 115V counter after
• 40X5168— replacing the fuser
Pick roller maintenance kit.
See Resetting the
maintenance
counter on page
490.

41X5001— 150K Reset the fuser

Maintenance kit, • 41X4998— maintenance
220 V Fuser, 220 V counter after
• 40X5168— replacing the fuser
Pick roller maintenance kit.
See Resetting the
maintenance
counter on page
490.

41X2848—ADF ADF rollers 110K (scanned --

maintenance kit pages)
• ADF pick
roller
• ADF
separator
roller

When performing the scheduled maintenance procedure, the following areas should be
cleaned of paper dust and toner contamination:

• Trays
• Imaging kit and imaging unit areas
• Transfer roller area
• Duplex area
• Standard bin

489
Maintenance

Resetting maintenance counters

Resetting the maintenance counter

1. From the control panel, navigate to Settings > Device > Maintenance > Configuration
Menu > Supply Usage and Counters > Reset Maintenance Counter.
2. Select Start.

Transfer module reset

1. From the home screen, navigate to Settings > Device > Maintenance > Configuration
menu > Supply usage and counters > ITM Reset.
2. Select Start.

Cleaning printer parts

Cleaning the printer

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
To avoid the risk of electrical shock when cleaning the exterior of the
printer, unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all
cables from the printer before proceeding.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Para evitar el riesgo de descarga eléctrica al limpiar el exterior de la
impresora, desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma eléctrica y
desconecte todos los cables de la impresora antes de realizar la operación.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Pour éviter tout risque d'électrocution lors du nettoyage de l'extérieur de
l'imprimante, débranchez le cordon d'alimentation électrique de la prise et
déconnectez tous les câbles de l'imprimante avant de continuer.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Um das Risiko eines elektrischen Schlags beim Reinigen des
Druckergehäuses zu vermeiden, ziehen Sie das Netzkabel aus der
Steckdose, und ziehen Sie alle Kabel vom Drucker ab, bevor Sie
fortfahren.

490
Maintenance

Notes

• Perform this task after every few months.

• Damage to the printer caused by improper handling is not covered by the printer
warranty.

1. Turn off the printer, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.
2. Remove paper from the standard bin and multipurpose feeder.
3. Remove any dust, lint, and pieces of paper around the printer using a soft brush or vacuum.
4. Wipe the outside of the printer with a damp, soft, lint‑free cloth.

Notes
◦ Do not use household cleaners or detergents, as they may damage the finish
of the printer.
◦ Make sure that all areas of the printer are dry after cleaning.

5. Connect the power cord to the electrical outlet, and then turn on the printer.

Cleaning the touch screen

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
To avoid the risk of electric shock when cleaning the exterior of the printer,
unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all cables
from the printer before proceeding.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Para evitar el riesgo de descarga eléctrica al limpiar el exterior de la
impresora, desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma eléctrica y
desconecte todos los cables de la impresora antes de realizar la operación.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Pour éviter tout risque d'électrocution lors du nettoyage de l'extérieur de
l'imprimante, débranchez le cordon d'alimentation électrique de la prise et
déconnectez tous les câbles de l'imprimante avant de continuer.

491
Maintenance

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD
Um das Risiko eines elektrischen Schlags beim Reinigen des
Druckergehäuses zu vermeiden, ziehen Sie das Netzkabel aus der
Steckdose, und ziehen Sie alle Kabel vom Drucker ab, bevor Sie
fortfahren.

1. Turn off the printer, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.
2. Using a damp, soft, lint‑free cloth, wipe the touch screen.

Notes
◦ Do not use household cleaners or detergents, as they may damage the touch
screen.
◦ Make sure that the touch screen is dry after cleaning.

3. Connect the power cord to the electrical outlet, and then turn on the printer.

Cleaning the scanner

1. Open the scanner cover.

2. Using a damp, soft, lint-free cloth, wipe the following areas:

◦ ADF glass pad

492
Maintenance

◦ Scanner glass pad

◦ ADF glass

◦ Scanner glass

493
Maintenance

3. Close the scanner cover.

4. Open door C.
5. Using a damp, soft, lint-free cloth, wipe the following areas:
◦ ADF glass pad in door C

◦ ADF glass in door C

494
Maintenance

6. Close door C.

Cleaning the ADF rollers

1. Open door C.

2. Remove the ADF pick roller.

495
Maintenance

3. Remove the ADF separator roller.

496
Maintenance

497
Maintenance

4. Apply isopropyl alcohol to a soft, lint-free cloth, and then wipe the ADF pick roller and ADF
separator roller.
5. Insert the ADF separator roller until it clicks into place.

498
Maintenance

499
Maintenance

6. Insert the ADF pick roller until it clicks into place.

500
Maintenance

501
Maintenance

7. Close door C.

Loading paper and specialty media

Setting the paper size and type
1. From the home screen, touch Settings > Paper > Tray Configuration > Paper Size/Type >
select a paper source.
2. Set the paper size and type.

Configuring Universal paper settings

1. From the home screen, touch Settings > Paper > Media Configuration > Universal Setup.
2. Configure the settings.

Loading trays

CAUTION—TIPPING HAZARD
To reduce the risk of equipment instability, load each tray separately. Keep
all other trays closed until needed.

1. Remove the tray.

Notes
To avoid jams, do not remove trays while the printer is busy.

502
Maintenance

2. Adjust the guides to match the size of the paper that you are loading.

Notes
Use the indicators on the bottom of the tray to position the guides.

503
Maintenance

3. Flex, fan, and align the paper edges before loading.

504
Maintenance

4. Load the paper stack with the printable side faceup.

◦ For one‑sided printing, load letterhead faceup with the header toward the front of the
tray.
◦ For two‑sided printing, load letterhead facedown with the header toward the back of
the tray.
◦ Do not slide paper into the tray.
◦ Make sure that the stack height is below the maximum paper fill indicator. Overfilling
may cause paper jams.

5. Insert the tray.

If necessary, set the paper size and type to match the paper loaded in the tray.

Loading the manual feeder

1. Adjust the edge guides to match the width of the paper that you are loading.

505
Maintenance

Notes
Make sure that the guides fit snugly against the paper, but not too tight as to cause
the paper to buckle.

2. Load a sheet of paper with the printable side facedown.

Notes
Make sure that the paper is loaded straight to avoid skewed or crooked print.

◦ For one‑sided printing, load letterhead with the printable side facedown and the top
edge entering the printer first.

◦ For two‑sided printing, load letterhead with the printable side faceup and the top edge
entering the printer last.

506
Maintenance

◦ Load envelope with the flap side up and against the right side of the paper guide.

3. Feed the paper until its leading edge gets pulled in.

Warning—Potential Damage
To avoid paper jams, do not force paper into the manual feeder.

Loading the multipurpose feeder

Notes
The multipurpose feeder is available only if the optional 650-sheet duo tray is
installed.

1. Open the multipurpose feeder.

507
Maintenance

2. Adjust the guide to match the size of the paper that you are loading.

508
Maintenance

3. Flex, fan, and align the paper edges before loading.

4. Load the paper.

◦ For one-sided printing, load letterhead with the printable side facedown and the top
edge entering the printer first.

509
Maintenance

◦ For two-sided printing, load letterhead with the printable side faceup and the top edge
entering the printer last.

◦ Load envelopes with the flap side up and against the right side of the paper guide.

510
Maintenance

Warning—Potential Damage
Do not use envelopes with stamps, clasps, snaps, windows, coated linings, or
self‑stick adhesives.

5. From the Paper menu in the control panel, set the paper size and type to match the paper
loaded in the multipurpose feeder.

Linking trays
1. From the home screen, touch Settings > Paper > Tray Configuration > select a paper
source.
2. Set the same paper size and paper type for the trays that you are linking.
3. From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Maintenance > Configuration Menu >
Tray Configuration > Tray Linking.
4. Touch Automatic.

To unlink trays, make sure that no trays have the same paper size and paper type settings.

Warning—Potential Damage
The temperature of the fuser varies according to the specified paper type. To avoid
printing issues, match the paper type setting in the printer with the paper loaded in
the tray.

511
Parts catalog

Parts catalog
Legend
The following column headings are used in the parts catalog:

• Asm‑index—Identifies the item in the illustration.

• Part number—Identifies the unique number that correlates with the part.
• Units/mach—Refers to the number of units used in the base machine or product.
• Units/option—Refers to the number of units in a particular option.
• Units/FRU—Refers to the number of units in a particular FRU.
• Description—A brief description of the part.

The following abbreviations are used in the parts catalog:

• NS (not shown) in the Asm‑index column indicates that the part is procurable but is not
pictured in the illustration.
• PP (parts packet) in the Description column indicates that the part is contained in a parts
packet.

512
Parts catalog

Covers

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

1 41X4554 1 1 Top cover Top cover removal on page

377

2 41X4558 1 1 Rear cover Rear cover removal on page

371

3 41X4555 1 1 Connectivity cover N/A

4 41X4435 1 1 Toner access door Toner access door removal on

page 293

5 41X4334 1 1 Right cover Right cover removal on page

295

6 40X7619 1 1 Door straps N/A

7 41X4330 1 1 Front door Front door removal on page

305

513
Parts catalog

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

8 41X2663 1 1 Front door inner paper feed Front door inner paper feed
guide guide removal on page 314

9 41X4557 1 1 Upper front cover N/A

10 41X4421 1 1 Bezel (blank) N/A

10 41X4373 1 1 Bezel for CX532 N/A

10 41X4384 1 1 Bezel for CX635 N/A

11 41X4556 1 1 Left side cover N/A

12 41X4551 1 1 Top left cover N/A

514
Parts catalog

Covers 2

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

1 41X4360 1 1 Control panel base cover Control panel base cover

removal on page 381

2 41X4552 1 1 Scanner rear access (left and Scanner left rear access
right) cover cover removal on page 392

Scanner right rear access

cover removal on page 392

3 41X4553 1 1 Scanner right support cover Scanner right support cover

removal on page 386

4 41X4354 1 1 Lower right subframe ‑‑

5 41X2327 1 1 Subframe cable cover --

515
Parts catalog

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

6 41X0580 1 1 Transfer module guide Transfer module guide

removal on page 361

7 41X4924 1 1 Lower left subframe ‑‑

516
Parts catalog

Control panel

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

1 41X3707 1 1 Control panel hinge (CX532 ‑‑

and XC2335)

2 41X4351 1 1 Control panel (CX532 and See Control panel removal on

XC2335) page 331

3 41X3708 1 1 Control panel hinge (CX635) ‑‑

4 41X2880 1 1 Control panel (CX635) See Control panel removal on

page 331

5 41X4788 1 1 Control panel flat cable ‑‑

517
Parts catalog

EP components

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

1 41X2844 1 1 Printhead Printhead removal on page

379

2 41X4337 1 1 Fuser deflector ‑‑

3 41X4343 1 1 Narrow media/bin full flag ‑‑

4 41X4996 1 1 Fuser, 100 V Fuser removal on page 316

4 41X4997 1 1 Fuser, 110 V Fuser removal on page 316

4 41X4998 1 1 Fuser, 220 V Fuser removal on page 316

5 41X1039 1 1 Transfer module Transfer module removal on

page 324

518
Parts catalog

Electronics

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

1 41X4331 1 1 Engine board ‑‑

2 41X4327 1 1 Controller board Controller board removal on

page 372

3 41X4322 1 1 Toner meter card Toner meter card removal on

page 278

4 41X4346 1 1 HVPS HVPS removal on page 284

5 41X4276 1 1 LVPS, 230 V LVPS removal on page 266

5 41X4275 1 1 LVPS, 100 / 115 V LVPS removal on page 266

519
Parts catalog

Motors

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

1 41X0397 1 1 Fan ‑‑

2 40X7629 1 1 Motor (fuser drive) Motor (fuser drive) removal on

page 275

3 41X1292 1 1 Media feeder Tray 1 media feeder removal

on page 367

4 41X1289 1 1 EP drive EP drive removal on page 262

520
Parts catalog

Sensors

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

1 41X2832 1 1 Sensor (toner patch) ‑‑

2 41X4319 1 1 Waste toner bottle contact Waste toner bottle contact

block block removal on page 301

3 41X4336 1 1 Toner cartridge contact Toner cartridge contacts

removal on page 298

4 40X7301 2 1 Photo sensors: ‑‑

• Sensors (duplex)
• Sensors (narrow
media/bin full)

5 41X1290 1 1 Weather station ‑‑

6 41X4344 1 1 Front and right side interlock ‑‑

switch cover

7 40X5413 1 1 Sensor (fuser exit) Sensor (fuser exit) removal on

page 268

521
Parts catalog

Cables

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

1 41X4318 1 1 Weather station cable ‑‑

2 41X2328 1 1 Fuser exit narrow media to --

controller board cable

3 41X4347 1 1 Fuser/input sensor cable --

4 41X4340 1 1 LVPS to controller board cable --

5 41X2330 1 1 EP motor to controller board --

cable

6 41X4338 1 1 Tray 2 to controller board --

cable

522
Parts catalog

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

7 41X2334 1 1 HVPS to controller board --

cable

8 41X4320 1 1 Tray present sensor cable --

9 41X2331 1 1 AC power to LVPS cable --

10 41X4370 1 1 Front USB cable ‑‑

11 41X2877 1 1 Controller power cable --

12 41X2878 1 1 Print data cable ‑‑

523
Parts catalog

Trays

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

1 41X4582 1 1 250-sheet tray ‑‑

2 40X5168 2 2 Pick arm roller ‑‑

3 41X4524 1 1 Optional 650-sheet duo tray 650‑sheet duo tray removal

on page 408

4 40X7178 2 2 650-sheet duo tray MPF ‑‑

rollers

5 41X1784 1 1 650-sheet duo tray insert 650‑sheet duo tray insert

removal on page 407

524
Parts catalog

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

6 41X4523 1 1 Optional 550-sheet tray --

7 41X1781 1 1 550‑sheet tray insert --

525
Parts catalog

Imaging

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

1 41X4369 1 1 ADF ADF removal on page 400

2 41X4429 1 1 ADF access door ‑‑

3 41X2847 1 1 ADF tray ‑‑

4 41X2848 1 1 ADF roller ADF rollers removal on page

392

5 41X2853 1 1 Scanner glass pad Scanner glass pad removal

on page 396

6 40X7546 1 1 ADF right hinge ADF right hinge removal on

page 405

526
Parts catalog

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

7 41X2845 1 1 ADF left hinge ADF left hinge removal on

page 406

8 41X4426 1 1 Flatbed scanner Flatbed scanner removal on

page 381

9 41X4433 1 1 ADF cable kit --

527
Parts catalog

Electronic options

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

1 41X4177 1 1 Wireless card (Marknet ‑‑

N8450)

2 41X2873 1 1 Trusted platform module ‑‑

3 41X2854 1 1 Intelligent Storage Device ‑‑

(ISD), 128GB

4 41X2536 1 1 USB hard disk drive with ‑‑

backpack kit for CX532,
CX635, and XC2335, 500GB

5 41X3287 1 1 2‑port fax card ‑‑

528
Parts catalog

Convenience stapler

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

1 41X4236 1 1 Convenience stapler ‑‑

2 40X8149 1 1 Staple cartridge holder ‑‑

3 41X4237 1 1 Universal AC power adapter ‑‑

529
Parts catalog

Printer stand

Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Removal procedure

index mach FRU

1 41X0764 1 1 Printer stand --

2 41X0775 2 1 Nonlocking caster --

3 41X0774 2 1 Locking caster --

530
Parts catalog

Maintenance kits
Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description Notes
index mach FRU

NS 41X4999 1 1 Fuser maintenance kit, 100 V --

• Fuser, 100 V
• Pick roller

NS 41X5000 1 1 Fuser maintenance kit, 110 V --

• Fuser, 110 V
• Pick roller

NS 41X5001 1 1 Fuser maintenance kit, 220 V --

• Fuser, 220 V
• Pick roller

NS 41X2848 1 1 ADF maintenance kit (ADF 100K (scanned pages)

rollers)

• ADF pick roller

• ADF separator
roller

531
Parts catalog

Power cords
Asm- P/N Units/ Units/ Description
index mach FRU

NS 40X0269 1 1 Power cord, 2.5 m (straight)—USA, Canada

NS 40X3141 1 1 Power cord, 2.5 m (straight)—Europe and others

NS 40X0288 1 1 Power cord, 2.5 m (straight)—Argentina

NS 40X0271 1 1 Power cord, 2.5 m (straight)—United Kingdom

NS 40X0275 1 1 Power cord, 2.5 m (straight)—Israel

NS 40X1772 1 1 Power cord, 2.5 m (straight)—Switzerland

NS 40X1773 1 1 Power cord, 2.5 m (straight)—South Africa

NS 40X0273 1 1 Power cord, 2.5 m (straight)—Traditional Italy

NS 40X1774 1 1 Power cord, 2.5 m (straight)—Denmark

NS 40X4596 1 1 Power cord, 2.5 m (straight)—Brazil

NS 40X0303 1 1 Power cord, 2.5 m (straight)—China

NS 40X0270 1 1 Power cord, 2.5 m (straight)—Japan

NS 40X1792 1 1 Power cord, 2.5 m (straight)—Korea

NS 40X1791 1 1 Power cord, 2.5 m (straight)—Taiwan

NS 40X0301 1 1 Power cord, 2.5 m (straight)—Australia

NS 41X2615 1 1 Front card reader kit (USB)

532
Printer specifications

Printer specifications
Power consumption
Product power consumption
The following table documents the power consumption characteristics of the product.

Notes
Some modes may not apply to your product.

Mode Description Power consumption

(Watts)

Printing The product is generating One-sided: 518 (CX532,

hard‑copy output from XC2335); 587 (CX635)Two-
electronic inputs. sided: 366 (CX532,
XC2335); 402 (CX635)

Copy The product is generating 549 (CX532, XC2335); 606

hard‑copy output from (CX635)
hard‑copy original
documents.

Scan The product is scanning 37.1

hard‑copy documents.

Ready The product is waiting for a 25.5 (CX532, XC2335); 29

print job. (CX635)

Sleep Mode The product is in a 1.3

high‑level energy‑saving
mode.

Hibernate The product is in a low‑level 0.2

energy‑saving mode.

Off The product is plugged into 0.2

an electrical outlet, but the
power switch is turned off.
The power consumption levels listed in the previous table represent time-averaged
measurements. Instantaneous power draws may be substantially higher than the average.
Values are subject to change. See www.lexmark.com for current values.

Sleep Mode
This product is designed with an energy-saving mode called Sleep Mode. The Sleep
Mode saves energy by lowering power consumption during extended periods of inactivity.

533
Printer specifications

The Sleep Mode is automatically engaged after this product is not used for a specified
period of time, called the Sleep Mode Timeout.
Factory default Sleep Mode Timeout for this 15
product (in minutes):
By using the configuration menus, the Sleep Mode Timeout can be modified between 1
minute and 120 minutes, or between 1 minute and 114 minutes, depending on the printer
model. If the printer speed is less than or equal to 30 pages per minute, then you can set
the timeout only up to 60 minutes or 54 minutes, depending on the printer model. Setting
the Sleep Mode Timeout to a low value reduces energy consumption, but may increase
the response time of the product. Setting the Sleep Mode Timeout to a high value
maintains a fast response, but uses more energy.
Some models support a Deep Sleep Mode, which further reduces power consumption
after longer periods of inactivity.

Hibernate Mode
This product is designed with an ultra‑low power operating mode called Hibernate mode.
When operating in Hibernate Mode, all other systems and devices are powered down
safely.
The Hibernate mode can be entered in any of the following methods:

• Using the Hibernate Timeout

• Using the Schedule Power modes

Factory default Hibernate Timeout for this 3 days

product in all countries or regions
The amount of time the printer waits after a job is printed before it enters Hibernate mode
can be modified between one hour and one month.
Notes on EPEAT-registered imaging equipment products:

• Standby power level occurs in Hibernate or Off mode.

• The product shall automatically power down to a standby power level of ≤ 1 W. The auto
standby function (Hibernate or Off) shall be enabled at product shipment.

Off mode
If this product has an off mode which still consumes a small amount of power, then to
completely stop product power consumption, disconnect the power supply cord from the
electrical outlet.

Total energy usage

It is sometimes helpful to estimate the total product energy usage. Since power
consumption claims are provided in power units of Watts, the power consumption should
be multiplied by the time the product spends in each mode in order to calculate energy
usage. The total product energy usage is the sum of each mode's energy usage.

534
Printer specifications

Selecting a location for the printer

• Leave enough room to open trays, covers, and doors and to install hardware options.
• Set up the printer near an electrical outlet.
• Make sure that airflow in the room meets the latest revision of the ASHRAE 62 standard or
the CEN Technical Committee 156 standard.
• Provide a flat, sturdy, and stable surface.
• Keep the printer:

◦ Clean, dry, and free of dust.

◦ Away from stray staples and paper clips.
◦ Away from the direct airflow of air conditioners, heaters, or ventilators.
◦ Free from direct sunlight and humidity extremes.
• Observe the recommended temperatures and avoid fluctuations:

Ambient temperature 10 to 32.2°C (50 to 90°F)

Storage temperature 15.6 to 32.2°C (60 to 90°F)

• Allow the following recommended amount of space around the printer for proper ventilation:

1 Top 305 mm (12 in.)

2 Rear 102 mm (4 in.)

3 Right side 76 mm (3 in.)

535
Printer specifications

4 Front 508 mm (20 in.)

Notes
The minimum
space
needed in
front of the
machine is 76
mm (3 in.).

5 Left side 76 mm (3 in.)

Noise emission levels

The following measurements were made in accordance with ISO 7779 and reported in
conformance with ISO 9296.

Notes
Some modes may not apply to your product.

1-meter average sound pressure, dBA

Printing One-sided: 50 (CX532, XC2335); 53

(CX635)Two-sided: 52 (CX532, XC2335); 54
(CX635)

Scanning 51

Copying 54 (CX532, XC2335); 55 (CX635)

Ready 14
Values are subject to change. See www.lexmark.com for current values.

Temperature information
Operating temperature and relative humidity 10 to 32.2°C (50 to 90°F) and 15 to 80% RH

15.6 to 32.2°C (60 to 90°F) and 8 to 80%

RH

Maximum wet-bulb temperature2: 22.8°C

(73°F)

Non-condensing environment

536
Printer specifications

Printer / cartridge / imaging unit long- 15.6 to 32.2°C (60 to 90°F) and 8 to 80%
term storage1 RH

Maximum wet-bulb temperature2: 22.8°C

(73°F)

Printer / cartridge / imaging unit short-term -40 to 40°C (-40 to 104°F)

shipping
1Supplies shelf life is approximately 2 years. This is based on storage in a standard office
environment at 22°C (72°F) and 45% humidity.
2 Wet-bulb temperature is determined by the air temperature and the relative humidity.

537
Options and features

Options and features

Available internal options
• Intelligent storage drive (ISD)

◦ Fonts

▪ Simplified Chinese
▪ Traditional Chinese
▪ Japanese
▪ Korean
▪ Arabic
◦ Mass storage
• Hard disk
• Licensed features

◦ IPDS
◦ Bar Code
• MarkNet™ N8450 Wireless Print Server
• Trusted Platform Module

Note:

• An ISD or a hard disk is required to activate Forms Merge and some IPDS features.
• Some options are available only in some printer models.

Note:

• An ISD or a hard disk is required to activate Forms Merge and some IPDS features.
• Some options are available only in some printer models.

Note:

• An ISD or a hard disk is required to activate Forms Merge and some IPDS features.
• Some options are available only in some printer models.

538
Theory of operation

Theory of operation
POR sequence
As the printer is turned on, the engine code goes through a series of tests to verify
hardware integrity. If a hardware failure is detected, then it is reported to the printer. If the
POR sequence cannot be completed successfully, then the printer may post an error
message. The message states that service may be needed.

Printer control
The printer uses two boards, each with its own processor. The controller board handles
system responsibilities such as PC connection, LAN, ISP attachments, and bitmap
generation. The engine board performs tasks related to the operation of the electrical and
mechanical device systems such as motors, lasers, power supplies, and fusers. There is
an NVRAM device on each board to store system settings. Data on the NVRAM devices
mirror each other automatically when one of the boards is replaced and printer is rebooted
—if both boards are replaced together, critical data will be lost.

539
Theory of operation

Electrophotographic (EP) process

Print engine layout

1 Fuser

2 Toner cartridges (Y, C, M, K)

3 Printhead

4 Developer unit

5 Photoconductor drum

6 Transfer belt

7 Second transfer roller

540
Theory of operation

Flowchart

541
Theory of operation

EP process

Charge

1 Charge roller

2 Photoconductor drum

The charge roller applies a uniform negative electrical charge to the surface of the
photoconductor drum. The photoconductor drum, because of its photoconductive
properties, holds the charge as long as it is not exposed to light.

Service tips

• If the surface of the charge roller is damaged, such as having a nick or pit, then the charge
on the photoconductor drum is uneven. A repeating mark may appear on the printed page.
For more information, see Repeating defects on page 64.
• If the charge roller is severely damaged, then the surface of the photoconductor drum is not
properly charged. Excessive amounts of toner particles are deposited on the photoconductor
drum. The printed page becomes saturated with 100% of the color from the supply with the
defective charge roller. The affected imaging unit or kit must be replaced immediately.

542
Theory of operation

Expose

1 Printhead

2 Photoconductor drum

The printhead lasers emit the light that contacts the surface of the photoconductor drum.
An invisible image, called digital latent image, is written as the light turns on or off. The
light causes areas of the photoconductor drum surface to lose charge, resulting in a
relative opposite polarity.

Service tips

• Do not touch the surface of the photoconductor drum with your bare hand. The oil from your
skin may cause a charge disparity on the surface, and the toner may no longer stick
properly. The result can be repeating blotches or voids on the printed page or patches of light
print. The affected imaging unit or kit may need to be replaced.
• The surface of the photoconductor drum is coated with an organic substance that makes it
sensitive to light. Make sure to cover the photoconductor drum when you are working on the
printer. If it is exposed to light for too long, then light or dark print quality problems may
occur. The imaging unit or imaging kit may need to be replaced.
• Toner particles or dirt that get stuck on the printhead lens may obstruct the path of the laser
beam. The result can be vertical light streaks on the printed page. If cleaning is not possible,
then the printhead may need to be replaced.

543
Theory of operation

Develop

1 Auger

2 Toner add roller

3 Developer roller

4 Photoconductor drum

The developer roller applies the toner from the toner cartridge to the photoconductor drum.
The relative opposite polarity in charge causes the toner particles to attract to the
photoconductor drum areas which were exposed to light.

This process is analogous to using glue to write on a can, and then rolling the can over
glitter. The glitter sticks to the glue but does not stick to the rest of the can.

Service tips

• Do not touch the surface of the developer roller with your bare hand. The oil from your skin
may cause a charge disparity on the surface, and the toner may no longer stick properly. The
result can be repeating blotches or voids on the printed page or patches of light print. The
affected developer unit may need to be replaced.
• If the developer roller is damaged, then it cannot contact the surface of the photoconductor
drum properly. The result can be repeating marks, thin vertical voids, or thin vertical lines of
color on the printed page. Check the surface of the developer roller for damage. For more
information, see Repeating defects on page 64.

544
Theory of operation

First transfer

1 Photoconductor drum

2 Transfer belt

3 First transfer roller

For each color, there is a charge difference between the developed toner image on the
photoconductor drum surface and the first transfer roller. This difference causes the image
to transfer to the surface of the transfer belt. This transfer occurs during a direct surface-to-
surface contact between the photoconductor drum and the transfer belt.

Service tips

• Do not touch the surface of the transfer belt with your bare hand. The oil from your skin may
cause a charge disparity on the surface, and the toner may no longer stick properly. The
result can be repeating blotches or voids on the printed page or patches of light print. The
transfer module may need to be replaced. For more information, see Repeating defects on
page 64.
• Do not use solvents or other cleaners to clean the transfer belt surface. Their chemicals may
result to scratches or charge disparities. Voids on the printed page or blotches of light print
may occur. The transfer module may need to be replaced.
• Sharp and hard objects can damage the transfer belt surface. Be careful when using a
screwdriver or prying tool near the transfer module. If the transfer belt has tears or cracks,
then the transfer module may need to be replaced.

545
Theory of operation

Second transfer

1 Second transfer roller

2 Paper

3 Transfer belt

4 Fuser

On the transfer belt, the four-color image is carried toward the second transfer roller until it
reaches a set point. The paper pick is timed when the paper is at the exact position
between the transfer belt and second transfer roller.

When the image on the transfer belt reaches the second transfer roller, the negatively
charged toner clings to the paper. The entire image is then transferred from the transfer
belt to the paper.

Service tips

• If the second transfer roller has nicks, pits, or flat spots, then its surface cannot come into
contact with the paper and transfer belt. The result can be voids on the printed page or spots
of light print (or repeating voids or spots). For more information, see Repeating defects on
page 64.
• If the toner does not fully transfer, then the entire page may be very light or blank due to the
following:

◦ The second transfer roller does not properly engage the transfer belt.
◦ The HVPS does not have voltage. Any toner that does transfer, is due to contact alone
(without charge). Check the HVPS contacts to the second transfer roller.

546
Theory of operation

Fuse

1 Pressure roller

2 Paper

3 Fuser decurl rollers

4 Heat belt

Even if the toner image is already on the paper, the toner particles are not yet permanently
bonded to the surface. Paper is transported from the second transfer roller to the fuser
where heat and pressure are applied to it. As a result, the toner particles melt and
permanently fuse with the paper, completing the print process. The cycle repeats for the
succeeding pages.

Service tips

• If the pressure roller or heat belt is damaged, then the toner may be pulled off the page.
Paper jams may also occur.
• Toner rubbing off a printed page indicates a malfunctioning fuser or an incorrect paper type
setting. Always check the paper type setting before replacing the fuser. A common mistake is
to print on heavier paper, such as card stock, with the paper type set to plain paper.
• After a jam is called on the fuser area, the fuser roller automatically releases to relieve the
pressure on the paper. If possible, never pull paper with unfused toner through the fuser. Try
to pull the jammed paper out of the fuser in the opposite direction it was traveling.

Clean

Two cleaning processes take place during the EP process. Both processes remove the
residual toner from the system.

547
Theory of operation

1 Auger

2 Cleaning blade

3 Transfer belt

When the toner image on the transfer belt is transferred to the page, the transfer belt
rotates and gets cleaned by the cleaning blade. The cleaning occurs for every page that is
printed.

The removed toner is moved to the waste toner bottle using a rotating auger.

1 Photoconductor drum

2 Auger

3 Cleaning blade

4 Charge roller

5 Charge roller cleaner

548
Theory of operation

After each plane of color is transferred to the transfer belt from the photoconductor drums,
a cleaning blade scrapes the remaining toner from the drums.

The photoconductor drum surface is prepared to restart the EP process.

Printer operation
Printer sections

1 Output bin

2 Transfer module

3 Standard tray

4 MPF

5 Fuser

549
Theory of operation

Printer paper path rollers

Standard paper path

1 MPF feed rollers

2 Tray 1 pick roller

3 Second transfer roller

4 Transfer belt

5 Fuser roller

6 Fuser belt

7 Fuser decurl roller

8 Fuser exit rollers

Paper is fed from the tray or MPF into the printer by pick or feed rollers.

The rollers push the paper to the transfer module where the image is transferred to the
page.

550
Theory of operation

The second transfer roller then moves the paper to the fuser, where heat and pressure are
applied to the page to make the toner stick to the media.

The fuser roller pushes the paper towards the exit bin. The fuser exit rollers guide the
paper into the exit bin.

Duplex paper path

1 Duplex staging rollers

2 Duplex transport rollers

3 Fuser exit roller

Printers with duplex support use a secondary paper path to print on the second side of a
sheet of paper.

After the first side of the paper is printed and the trailing edge of the paper clears the fuser
exit sensor, the fuser motor engages to reverse the paper direction and feed it into the
duplex unit. The pick motor also reverses.

The pick motor drives the duplex rollers, which push the media down to the bottom
turnaround in the paper tray and gate aligner.

When the trailing edge of the media clears the fuser, the fuser engine rotates forward to
prepare the fuser for the page traveling though the duplex unit. As the media reaches the

551
Theory of operation

gate aligner, the speed of the pick motor is adjusted to accommodate the speed of the
transfer belt, ensuring the proper registration of the image on the media.

The paper travels to the transfer module, and the second image is transferred to the
reverse side of the media. Once the image is transferred, the media travels to the fuser,
the fuser exit roller, and then on to the output bin.

Notes
While the sheet is being transported through the duplex unit, it is the only sheet of
paper being processed by the print engine. A user should not attempt to insert a
sheet of paper into the manual paper feed while a duplex job is being processed to
avoid a paper jam.

Printer paper path sensors

1 Sensor (tray present)

2 Sensor (duplex/manual feed)

3 Sensor (input)

4 Sensor (fuser exit)

5 Sensor (bin full)

552
Theory of operation

ADF and scanner operation

Flatbed scanner drive

1 Scanner glass area

2 Motor (flatbed CIS scanner)

3 Calibration reference strip

4 ADF glass area

5 Flatbed CIS scanner

6 Sensor (flatbed CIS scanner)

The flatbed scanner has a contact image sensor (CIS) scan module that illuminates the
surface of the document. The reflections produced are detected by the CIS scanner to
create the scan image.
For flatbed scan jobs, the CIS scanner moves across the scanner glass area to scan the
front side of the document (facedown). The motor (flatbed CIS scanner) controls the CIS
scanner position. The CIS scanner is detected at its home position by the sensor (flatbed
CIS scanner). The position of the CIS scanner is also detected based on the computed
distance relative to the calibration reference strip. To maintain the correct shading levels if
needed, the CIS scanner scans the white surface of the calibration reference strip.
During ADF scan jobs, the CIS scanner stays at the ADF glass area to scan the front side
of the document.

553
Theory of operation

ADF paper path rollers

1 ADF transport roller

2 ADF CIS scanner

3 ADF feed/exit roller

4 ADF separator roller

5 ADF feed roller

6 ADF pick roller

7 ADF tray

8 ADF bin

9 ADF scan roller

Paper from the ADF tray enters the ADF through the pick roller, feed roller, and separator
roller.
The back side of the paper is scanned after the paper passes the ADF feed/exit roller. The
front side of the paper is scanned after the paper passes the ADF scan roller.
After the paper is scanned, it is ejected by the feed/exit roller to the ADF bin.

554
Theory of operation

ADF paper path sensors

# Sensor Function

1 Sensor (ADF paper Detects paper presence

present) in the ADF tray

2 Sensor (ADF scan 2) Detects the paper that

is about to be scanned
at its back side

3 Sensor (ADF scan 1) Detects the paper that

is about to be scanned
at its front side

ADF pick and feed drive

555
Theory of operation

1 Paper stop

2 ADF pick roller

3 ADF feed roller

4 ADF separator roller

5 Sensor (ADF paper present)

6 Motor (ADF pick)

The sensor (ADF paper present) detects if paper is loaded in the ADF tray. When the scan
job command is signaled, the pick roller lowers to pick the paper from the ADF tray.

Notes
When the pick roller is raised, the leading edges of the paper in the tray are aligned
by the paper stops.

When paper reaches the feed roller, the resistance of the separator roller allows only the
topmost sheet to feed.
The motor (ADF pick) drives the ADF pick and feed rollers.

ADF transport and scan drive

1 Motor (ADF transport)

2 Sensor (ADF calibration)

3 ADF CIS scanner

556
Theory of operation

4 ADF feed/exit roller

5 Sensor (ADF scan 2)

6 ADF feed roller

As paper enters the ADF, the ADF feed/exit roller receives it. The sensor (ADF scan 2)
detects the paper to start the scan. The ADF CIS scanner scans the back side of the
document.
The motor (ADF transport) drives the ADF feed/exit roller.

Notes
If needed, calibration for the ADF CIS scanner occurs automatically before a job to
adjust shading levels. During calibration, the ADF CIS scanner moves laterally to
scan a reference white surface on the opposite side. The ADF CIS scanner is
detected at its home position by the sensor (ADF calibration).

1 Motor (ADF transport)

2 ADF transport roller

3 ADF scan roller

4 Sensor (ADF scan 1)

After the back side is scanned, the ADF transport roller transports paper to the ADF scan
roller.
The motor (ADF transport) drives the ADF transport and scan rollers.

557
Theory of operation

ADF exit drive

1 ADF scan roller

2 Sensor (ADF scan 1)

3 ADF bin

4 ADF glass

5 ADF feed/exit roller

6 Motor (ADF transport)

Paper is fed to the ADF scan roller for front‑side scanning. At the ADF glass area, the
flatbed scanner does the scan. The ADF feed/exit roller ejects the scanned document to
the ADF bin.
The motor (ADF transport) drives the scan and exit rollers. The sensor (ADF scan 1)
detects the paper entering the ADF glass area.

558
Index

Index
A paper path sensors 555

avoiding paper jams 74 pick and feed drive 555

advanced print quality samples 195 paper path 554

additional input trays adjustments/tests transport and scan drive 556

sensor tests 204 exit drive 558

additional input tray diagnostics C

motor tests 205 configurations
adjustment printer models 27
ADF registration 258 change history 23
flatbed registration 258 control panel
TPS characterization data entry 259 using 192
registration adjustment 254 critical information 226
adding hardware options configuration menu
print driver 482 accessing 205
adding internal options scanner manual registration 258
print driver 482 cleaning the printer 490
ADF rollers cleaning
replacing 457 interior of the printer 490
cleaning 495 exterior of the printer 490
ADF pick roller cleaning the touch screen 491

replacing 457 controller board

cleaning 495 critical information 226
ADF separator roller component locations
replacing 457 roller 484
cleaning 495 sensors 486
attaching cables 483 cleaning the scanner 492
ADF theory cleaning the ADF pick roller 495

559
Index

cleaning the ADF separator roller 495 38 133

cleaning the ADF rollers 495 39 133

charge 542 42 137

clean/erase 542 126 error messages 167

1624 error messages 170

D
163 error messages 170
data security notice 47
164 error messages 170
diagnostics menu
161 error messages 170
feed test 197
171 error messages 175
scanner calibration reset 197
600 error messages 175
accessing 193
602 error messages 175
developer unit
611 error messages 175
replacing 432
655 error messages 175
develop 542
661 error messages 175
E
662 error messages 175
error codes
663 error messages 175
231 paper jam messages 91
664 error messages 175
232 paper jam messages 93
666 error messages 175
241 paper jam messages 95
667 error messages 175
242 paper jam messages 96
668 error messages 175
243 paper jam messages 100
680 error messages 175
244 paper jam messages 102
900 error messages 183
2 109
901 error messages 183
8 109
912 error messages 184
9 109
980 error messages 188
200 paper jam messages 78
981 error messages 188
202 paper jam messages 87
982 error messages 188
11 111
983 error messages 188
12 111
984 error messages 188
29 114
992 error messages 188
37 133
800 error messages 190

560
Index

840 error messages 190 fuser 542

842 error messages 190 expose 542

843 error messages 190

F
845 error messages 190
format fax storage 195
110 error messages 162
front door inner paper feed guide removal 314
121 error messages 164
firmware card 538
166 error messages 172
first transfer 542
167 error messages 172
fuser 542
168 error messages 172
H
event log
hardware options, adding
print log 203
print driver 482
print log summary 203
horizontal top contact connector 236
display log 203
horizontal bottom contact connector 240
mark log 204
horizontal sliding contact connector 248
electrostatic‑sensitive parts 225
hardware options
ESD‑sensitive parts 225
trays 480
eSF solutions 234
hard disk 538
embedded solutions 234
humidity around the printer 536
Ethernet cable 483

Ethernet port 483 I

emission notices 536 indicator light

envelopes understanding the status 193

loading 505 internal options, adding

EP process 542 print driver 482

EP process inspection guide 487

charge 542 imaging kit

expose 542 replacing 413

develop 542 invalid engine mode

first transfer 542 accessing 212

second transfer 542 invalid code, fixing 212

clean/erase 542 installing trays 480

561
Index

internal options 538 multipurpose feeder

intelligent storage drive 538 loading 507

J moving the printer 535

jam areas N

locating 76 Non‑Lexmark supply 137

jams notices 534, 533, 536

avoiding 74 noise emission levels 536

L O

locating jam areas 76 out of service erase 203

low insertion force (LIF) connector 252 P

linking trays 511
printer models
loading the manual feeder 505
configurations 27
letterhead
paper
loading 505
selecting 27
loading trays 502
unacceptable 29
loading multipurpose feeder 507
Universal size setting 502
loading envelopes 507
paper guidelines 27
loading card stock 507
paper characteristics 28

M paper types
menu supported 37

Configuration Menu 205 paper sizes

maintenance counter supported 30

transfer module reset 490 paper weights

printer maintenance counter reset 490 supported 38

maintenance kit print quality

resetting the counter 490 initial check 48

maintenance kits 488 printer messages

MarkNet N8450 Wireless Print Server 453 Replace cartridge, printer region mismatch 44

manual feeder Non‑Lexmark supply 137

loading 505

562
Index

paper jams motor tests 201

280 paper jam messages 105 sensor tests 200

284 paper jam messages 107 printer diagnostics and adjustments

291 paper jam messages 108 supply reset 202

295 paper jam messages 108 weather station 202

avoiding 74 color alignment adjust 202

printer serial number 27 universal override 202

print quality troubleshooting registration adjust 202

ghost images 59 printer diagnostics

uneven print density 63 input tray quick print 204

light print 66 print driver

toner easily rubs off 51 hardware options, adding 482

horizontal colored lines or banding 55 pick tires

text or images cut off 56 replacing 444
blank or white pages 53 printer ports 483
horizontal white lines 54 power cord socket 483
mottled print and dots 57 power supply
dark print 61 replacing 470
vertical white lines 58 printer configurations 478
vertical colored lines or banding 60 parts catalog legend 512
printer status 193 printer
printer setup selecting a location for 535
printed page count (mono) 198 minimum clearances 535
printed page count (color) 198 paper path rollers 550
permanent page count 198 paper path sensors 552
process ID 198 print engine layout 540
serial number 199 print cycle 541
model name 199 print cycle
engine setting [x] 199 flowchart 541
EP setup 199 printer sections 549
printer diagnostics & adjustments

563
Index

R ADF separator roller 392

Replace cartridge, printer region mismatch 44 650‑sheet duo tray insert 407

resetting the printer 650‑sheet duo tray 408

without admin credentials 45 dust cover 409

resetting speaker 274

supply usage counters 137 sensor (fuser exit) 268

resetting the supply usage counters 137 TMC card 278

reports HVPS 284

sensor toner patch 281

device settings 194
toner cartridge contacts 298
installed licenses 195
transfer module 324
removal procedures
lower left frame 336
tips 259
lower right frame 349
resetting supply usage counters 476
sensor (duplex) 358
removal
transfer module guide 361
scanner left rear access cover 392
tray 1 media feeder 367
left cover 259
sensor (tray present) 365
EP drive 262
controller board 372
motor (fuser drive) 275
printhead 379
right cover 295
top cover 377
waste toner bottle 301
control panel base cover 381
toner access door 293
scanner support right cover 386
waste toner bottle contact block 301
scanner right rear access cover 392
front door 305
flatbed scanner cover 381
sensor front door 308
ADF 400
fuser 316
LVPS 266
control panel 331
imaging kit 290
pick tires 334
restoring configuration 227
rear cover 371
ribbon cables 234
ADF rollers 392
restoring
ADF pick roller 392
license file 230

564
Index

configuration file 230 supported paper sizes 30

removals supported paper weights 38

front door inner paper feed guide 314 supplies used to resolve print quality issues 48

scanner glass pad 396 scan quality troubleshooting

ADF top cover 403 dark image quality using the ADF or scanner
71
ADF right hinge 405
spots using the flatbed scanner 72
ADF left hinge 406
ADF skew 73
replacing supplies
vertical lines (process direction using the
toner cartridge 410 ADF) 72

waste toner bottle 426 blank page copy 73

black imaging kit 413 paper damage using the ADF 73

black and color imaging kit 413 solid black page copy 74

developer unit 432 serial number, printer

scanner glass pad 465 finding 27

replacing parts security reset jumper

pick tires 444 using 45
right cover 447 supply usage counters
ADF rollers 457 resetting 137
ADF pick roller 457 resetting 476
ADF separator roller 457 scanner diagnostics
right cover motor tests 195
replacing 447 feed test 197
replacing wireless print server 453 scanner calibration reset 197
replacing staple refill 467 sensor tests 196
recovery mode supply reset
accessing 213 fuser reset 202
replacing power supply 470 ITM reset 202

S service checks troubleshooting

storing paper 29 100 service error messages 161

supported paper types 37 142 service error messages 168

565
Index

151 service error messages 169 static jam at sensor (fuser exit) 91

120 service error messages 163 paper failed to arrive at the sensor (duplex
staging) 92
service engineer (SE) menu
tray 1 failed to pick 81
general SE menu 217
paper jam detected from the tray 1 manual
network SE menu 217 feeder by the sensor (input) 80

fax SE menu 218 paper from the MPF arrived too early at the
sensor (input) 81
scanner SE menu 221
paper from the MPF cleared the sensor
scanner manual registration 258 (input) too early 81
scheduled maintenance 488 paper from the MPF failed to clear the sensor
(input) 82
SE menu
paper from the MPF failed to arrive at the
entering 215 sensor (input) 82
staple refill paper arrived too early or failed to arrive at
the sensor (input) 83
replacing 467
paper cleared the sensor (input) too early 83
scanner glass pad
paper failed to clear the sensor (input) 83
replacing 465
paper from optional tray failed to arrive at the
setting the Universal paper size 502 sensor (input) 84
setting the paper size 502 paper from optional tray cleared the sensor
(input) too early 85
setting the paper type 502
paper from optional tray arrived too early at
scanner the sensor (input) 84
cleaning 492 paper from the optional tray failed to clear the
sensor (input) 85
selecting location
paper from the MPF failed to arrive at the
for the printer 535 sensor (fuser exit) 88
scanner theory paper failed to arrive at the sensor (fuser exit)
88
flatbed 553
paper from optional tray failed to arrive at the
second transfer 542 sensor (fuser exit) 89

T paper from optional tray failed to clear the

sensor (fuser exit) 90
tools, required 38
paper failed to clear the sensor (fuser exit) 89
troubleshooting
paper in a duplex job failed to arrive at the
initial check 44 sensor (input) 95

troubleshooting, paper jams paper in a duplex job failed to clear at the

sensor (input) 95

566
Index

motor (tray 1 pick) failure 96 troubleshooting, scan quality

optional tray sensors failure 104 dark image quality using the ADF or scanner
71
optional tray motors failure 105
spots using the flatbed scanner 72
paper was not detected by the sensor (ADF
media present) 106 ADF skew 73

paper jam detected by sensor (ADF scan 1) vertical lines (process direction using the
106 ADF) 72

paper jam was detected at the sensor (ADF blank page copy 73
cover) 108
paper damage using the ADF 73
paper jam was detected by the sensor (ADF
scan 2) 107 solid black page copy 74

ADF imagepipe failure 108 troubleshooting, print quality

static jam at sensor (input) 86 ghost images 59

900 error 183 uneven print density 63

troubleshooting, user attendance error light print 66

undetected door 109 toner easily rubs off 51

ADF top cover open 110 horizontal colored lines or banding 55

auto reboot error 110 text or images cut off 56

mismatched paper size 113 blank or white pages 53

paper printer setting error 113 horizontal white lines 54

paper size mismatch (duplex print) 114 mottled print and dots 57

removing the packing material from the dark print 61

supplies 114
vertical white lines 58
MICR supplies 134
vertical colored lines or banding 60
waste toner bottle error 134
troubleshooting, hardware errors
toner cartridge (K) error 134
LVPS error 167
imaging kit (K) error 135
optional tray pick drive error 174
narrow/short paper duplex print 136
printhead error 163
imaging unit (CMY) error 135
fuser error 166
mismatched supplies 144
motor fuser error 164
toner meter card error 145
motor CMY drive failure error 168
toner cartridge (CMY) error 135
motor black drive failure error 169
insufficient memory 136
optional tray motor error 174

567
Index

motor tray 1 pick lifting error 174 POR sequence 539

troubleshooting, printer hardware error printer control 539

tray not ready for picking 180 temperature around the printer 536

engine error 187 theory

weather station error 162 printer paper path 550

main fan error 175 printer paper path sensors 552

troubleshooting, service checks theory, flatbed scanner 553

100 service error messages 161 theory, ADF paper path sensors 555

142 service error messages 168 theory, ADF paper path 554

151 service error messages 169 U

938 error messages 188
user attendance messages
940 error messages 188
55 146
941 error messages 188
58 146
950 error messages 188
59 146
953 error messages 188
61 153
958 error messages 188
62 153
120 service error messages 163
63 153
troubleshooting, ADF/scanner hardware
64 153
errors
66 153
scanner communication error 191
71 155
touch screen
72 155
cleaning 491
82 158
toner cartridge
80 157
replacing 410
86 160
trays
84 user attendance error messages 159
installing 480
88 160
linking 511
31 user attendance error messages 115
unlinking 511
32 user attendance error messages 122
loading 502
33 user attendance error messages 131
Trusted Platform Module 538
34 user attendance error messages 131
theory of operation

568
Index

43 user attendance error messages 143 V

using the control panel 192 vertical mount contact connector 244

updating the printer firmware

W
using a flash drive 232
waste toner bottle
using a network computer 232
replacing 426
using a USB cable connection 232
wireless print server 538
USB cable 483
wireless print server
USB port 483
replacing 453
Universal paper size
Z
setting 502
zero insertion force (ZIF) connectors 235
unlinking trays 511

569
Service Manual